EQUITABLE REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTERS LP
10-K, 1995-04-06
OPERATORS OF NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Previous: SIZELER PROPERTY INVESTORS INC, DEF 14A, 1995-04-06
Next: COLONIAL TRUST V, N-30D, 1995-04-06


 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

	
[ x ]   Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 (fee required)
		
        For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994

[   ]   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 159(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 (fee required)

        For the Transition period from          to

Commission file number:  1-9331 


                    MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER L.P.
            (formerly Equitable Real Estate Shopping Centers, L.P.)
              Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter
	
	
				Delaware													                               	13-3384643
State or other jurisdiction of incorporationI.R.S. Employer Identification No.

3 World Financial Center, 29th Floor, New York, NY								   	10285-2900
Address of principal executive offices									     			  zip code

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 526-3237

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

	NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
	Name of each exchange on which registered

	10,700,000 UNITS OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES
	Title of Class

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
	Yes  X      No     

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.
        (x)

Aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant:
Not applicable.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:  Agreement of Limited Partnership,
dated December 1, 1986, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the prospectus
contained in the Registration Statement No. 33-9937.  Proxy Statement used in
connection with solicitation of Unitholders on June 7, 1994 (the "Proxy
Statement"). With the exception of the pages of the Proxy Statement specifically
incorporated by reference herein, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed
as part of this Form 10-K.

                                     PART I


Item 1.  Business

(a) General Development of Business  

Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center L.P. (formerly Equitable Real Estate
Shopping Centers, L.P.), a Delaware limited partnership (the "Partnership"),
was formed on October 28, 1986.  Midwest Centers Inc. (formerly Shearson ESC/GP
Inc.), a Delaware corporation, is the general partner of the Partnership (the
"General Partner").  Midwest Centers Depositary Inc. (the "Assignor Limited
Partner", formerly Shearson ESC Corp.) is the sole limited partner of the
Partnership.  The General Partner and the Assignor Limited Partner are
affiliates of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc.

On December 30, 1986, the Partnership completed an offering of $107,000,000 of
limited partnership securities ("Units," the holders of which are referred to
herein as "Unitholders") representing assignments of limited partnership
interests from the Assignor Limited Partner.  The net proceeds of the offering
after payment of syndication and organizational costs aggregated $97,925,000.

The Partnership was formed to acquire from The Equitable Life Assurance Society
of the United States ("Equitable") two regional shopping malls which Equitable
had owned since 1978:  Brookdale Center, located in Brooklyn Center (Hennepin
County), Minnesota ("Brookdale"), and Northland Center, located in Southfield
(Oakland County), Michigan ("Northland") (together the "Properties").  On
December 30, 1986 the Partnership acquired the fee interest in the land and
improvements constituting the Properties for a total purchase price of
$130,025,000 ($49,000,000 for Brookdale and $81,025,000 for Northland).  

Two mortgage notes from Equitable were issued on December 30, 1986 in the
initial principal amounts of $15,175,000 (the "Brookdale Note") and $25,675,000
(the "Northland Note").  The Partnership had deferred payment of principal and
interest on the Northland Note until its scheduled maturity on June 30, 1995.
In connection with the impending maturity of the Northland Note, the
Partnership executed a contract with Equitable on March 28, 1994 for the sale
of Northland at the price of $6,600,000 in excess of the balance of the
Northland Note (the "Northland Sales Contract").  On July 22, 1994, the sale
was completed and the Northland Note paid.  The effective date of the sale of
Northland was January 1, 1994 and any positive cash flow generated by Northland
Center from January 1, 1994 to the closing belonged to Equitable.  The
Partnership is also deferring payment of principal and interest on the
Brookdale Note until its maturity date on June 30, 1995.   In connection with
the impending maturity of the Brookdale Note the General Partner is currently
attempting to dispose of Brookdale Center and dissolve the Partnership in an
orderly manner.   See Item 7 for the terms of the sale of Northland and a
discussion of the impending maturity of the Brookdale Note.

The Unitholders were solicited on June 7, 1994 in connection with the sale of
Northland.  This solicitation informed the Unitholders that the sale of
Northland would be the first step in the disposition of the assets of the
company with a view to the orderly dissolution and liquidation of the
Partnership.  Information involving the plan to dispose of all the assets of
the Partnership with a view to its liquidation is contained under the caption
"The Plan to Liquidate" in the Partnership's definitive proxy statement filed
on May 27, 1994 pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by
reference.

On December 31, 1986 the Partnership entered into an agreement with Equitable
Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. ("EREIM"), an indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of Equitable, to retain EREIM as asset manager (the "Asset Manager")
to the Partnership. Consultation with the Asset Manager by the General Partner
was required to effect a sale of all or substantially all of either property or
to refinance either of the Notes.  The Asset Manager has waived its right of
first offer with respect to any proposed sale of either property by the
Partnership.  In association with the sale of Northland and intention to
dispose of Brookdale, the asset management agreement with EREIM for both malls
was terminated effective December 31, 1993, thereby releasing the Partnership
from its obligation to pay EREIM an asset management fee of $1,060,000 per
year.

On June 25, 1991, the Partnership obtained a $3 million second mortgage loan
from Equitable (the "Second Mortgage") secured by a second mortgage lien on
Northland Center.  The proceeds were used to fund food court construction costs
and remerchandising costs at Northland.  The Second Mortgage was repaid in June
1993, prior to its June 25, 1993 maturity date, from Partnership cash reserves.

On November 21, 1994, the Partnership changed its name from Equitable Real
Estate Shopping Centers, L.P. to Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center L.P.  The
name change was in conjunction with the termination of the former asset
management agreement with EREIM, pursuant to which the Partnership agreed to
cease using the words "Equitable" and "Equitable Real Estate" in its name.  


(b)  Financial Information About Industry Segments  

The Partnership's sole business is the ownership and operation of its remaining
property, Brookdale Center.  All of the Partnership's revenues, operating
profit or loss and assets relate solely to such industry segment.


(c)  Narrative Description of Business  

The Registrant's principal business is to own and operate its remaining
property.  The  Partnership's principal objectives are to:

        (1)     provide quarterly cash distributions, substantially all of
        which should not be subject to Federal income tax due to Partnership
        tax deductions for cost recovery on the Properties and accrued but
        unpaid interest on the Notes; and

        (2)     achieve long-term appreciation in the value of the Properties
        to produce distributions to Unitholders on sale. Please refer to Item 5
        for a description of the Partnership's policy concerning distributions.

There is no assurance that any of these objectives will be achieved. 

Competition

See Item 2 for a description of the competition in the primary trade area of
the Partnership's remaining property.

Employees

The Partnership has no employees.  The affairs of the Partnership are conducted
by the General Partner, and the remaining property is managed on a day-to-day
basis by General Growth Management Inc. (the "Property Manager").  Please see
Note 9 to the Financial Statements in Item 8, and Item 13.  


Item 2.  Properties

The Partnership's remaining property, Brookdale Center, is a regional shopping
mall located in Brooklyn Center (Hennepin County), Minnesota, approximately
five miles northwest of the central business district of Minneapolis.
Brookdale consists of a mall anchored by five major department stores -
Sears, Roebuck and Co. ("Sears"), J.C. Penney, Inc. ("J.C. Penney"),
Dayton-Hudson Corporation, doing business as Dayton's ("Dayton's"), Mervyn's,
a California corporation doing business as Mervyn's ("Mervyn's"), which
acquired Carson Pixie Scott & Co., doing business as Carson's ("Carson's") on
March 6, 1995, and Kohl's Department Stores, Inc., doing business as Kohl's
("Kohl's") in a freestanding building, all located on a site of approximately
81 acres.  Brookdale contains approximately 985,000 gross leasable square
feet, of which approximately 785,000 square feet is owned or leased by the
anchor tenants and not by the Partnership.  Brookdale has parking for
approximately 5,000 automobiles. During 1988, a freestanding Kohl's
department store consisting of approximately 75,000 square feet was completed
on the east end of the mall site.  Kohl's commenced operations on August 1,
1988 as projected.  Brookdale was constructed in 1962, underwent major
expansion in 1966, and was refurbished in 1970 and again in 1983.

The total building area of Brookdale is allocated as shown in the table below.

                       Square Feet     Square Feet     Total
                       Leased to       Owned by        Square
                       Tenants         Anchors(1)      Feet
Anchor Stores:
   Mervyn's (2)                -       144,546         144,546
   Dayton's                    -       195,368         195,368
   J.C. Penney                 -       140,320         140,320
   Kohl's                      -       75,000          75,000
   Sears                       -       180,669         180,669
Outparcel Stores (3)           -       48,858          48,858
Enclosed Mall Tenants(4) 200,146          -            200,146
                         200,146       784,761         984,907
Common Area                    -          -            119,113

Total                    200,146       784,761         1,104,020

(1) Includes square footage leased by anchors from independent third parties.
(2) On March 2, 1995, Carson's ceased operations at Brookdale Center. On
    March 6, 1995, Mervyn's, a California Corporation, took possession of the
    space.  See description of anchor tenants.
(3) The four outparcel stores at Brookdale are owned by the tenants and consist
    primarily of automotive accessory stores.
(4) Storage area of 3,104 square feet is included in the mall stores' square
    footage.


Anchor Tenants
 
Sears, which owns its own buildings and land, pays its own real estate taxes
and utilities.  Sears has an operating agreement and a purchase agreement that
require it to operate a Sears store in its main building until May 1997.  Sears
is required to pay a proportionate share of the costs incurred by Brookdale in
maintaining the common areas, which is in proportion to the Sears building area
to the aggregate of all building area in Brookdale.  Sears may not sublease its
space except to carry on portions of its business through licensees, lessees,
concessionaires or corporations in which a majority of the voting stock is
owned by Sears.  The operating agreement and purchase agreement and all rights
and obligations thereunder, including Sears' obligation to pay common area
expenses, expire in May 1997.

J.C. Penney leases its building and the land on which its building is
constructed from a third party which leases the land from the Partnership until
July 27, 2015; however, it has the option to terminate the lease on either July
27, 1995 or July 27, 2005.  J.C. Penney pays its own real estate taxes and
utilities.  J.C. Penney is required to operate a J.C. Penney-type department
store until July 27, 1995; however J.C. Penney may sublet the entire premise or
assign the lease to any corporation which may take over the business of J.C.
Penney in Minnesota as a result of an assignment or merger.  J.C. Penney is
also subject to an operating agreement that requires it to pay a portion of the
common area expenses, including real estate taxes and assessments of the common
area, in proportion to 75% of the gross building area in its store to the total
gross building area.  J.C. Penney has not informed the Partnership of any
intention to leave the Mall.

An affiliate of Carson's owns the 144,546 square foot store and underlying land
and leased from the Partnership an additional 15,952 square feet of space at
the mall entrance to Carson's store.  Under the terms of an agreement with the
Partnership in 1993, following the bankruptcy of Carson's parent company, P.A.
Bergner ("Bergner"), (i) Carson's lease expiration was accelerated to May
31,1994, (ii) Carson's operating agreement with respect to its store was
extended to 2003, (iii) the Partnership agreed to reconfigure the mall entrance
to Carson's store, and (iv) Carson's paid the Partnership $1,250,000,
representing the amount budgeted for the reconfiguration of Carson's mall
entrance and lease space following the accelerated termination of Carson's
lease. 

Mervyn's, a California corporation, has entered into an agreement which was
finalized on March 6, 1995, pursuant to which Mervyn's  agreed to purchase all
of the outstanding shares of stock of a wholly-owned subsidiary of CPS
Department Stores, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Carson's"), thereby acquiring
the Carson's store in the Mall.  Carson's ceased operations at the store on
March 2 1995, and Mervyn's took possession of this space on March 6, 1995.
Mervyn's has commenced remodeling the store and is scheduled to reopen and
operate a store at the Carson's site under the trade name Mervyn's.  Although
Mervyn's has not yet announced an opening date, it intends to begin operating
the Brookdale store during the third quarter of 1995.

Dayton's land and building are owned by Dayton Development Company ("DDC"), an
affiliate of Dayton's which leases Dayton's land and building to Dayton's.
DDC's lease to Dayton's runs through July 31, 1996.  DDC and Dayton's are
subject to an operating agreement that generally requires Dayton's to operate a
Dayton's store in the Dayton's building until July 31, 1996.  DDC pays its own
real estate taxes and for the water, gas and electricity used by Dayton's.  In
addition, DDC also pays a proportionate share of the costs incurred by
Brookdale in supplying climate conditioning services to the entire shopping
center, plus a $2,442.10 monthly standby charge.  DDC is also required to pay a
proportionate share of the costs incurred by Brookdale in maintaining the
common areas.  DDC has the right to approve any purchaser of the Brookdale
Center, and if such approval is not granted and the purchaser subsequently
defaults in its common area maintenance obligations, DDC shall have the right
to take over common area maintenance.  The Dayton's operating agreement
terminates on July 31, 1996, except that it shall continue t hereafter so long
as Brookdale is a shopping center and Dayton's shall continue to operate a
Dayton's department store therein.

Kohl's owns its building and leases land from the Partnership.  Kohl's lease
runs for a period of 22 years through January 31, 2010 with two five-year
renewals.  The minimum rent is $175,000 per year with percentage rent of 1.5%
of all net sales in excess of $64,000,000 per year.  The leases are net ground
leases with the tenant responsible for all costs such as real estate taxes and
utilities.  Kohl's pays a fixed common area maintenance charge.  Kohl's did not
renew its operating agreement which expired on August 1, 1993, but has not
informed the Partnership of any intention to leave the Mall. 

Mall and Outparcel Tenants
As of December 31, 1994, Brookdale had 200,146
square feet of gross leasable area (excluding anchor stores and outparcel
stores), of which 42,328 square feet (representing kiosks and mall stores
totalling 39,224 square feet and 3,104 square feet of storage area) were
vacant.  During 1994, 11 leases totalling 27,918 square feet terminated and
space totalling 16,708 square feet was leased.  3 leases totalling 1,363 square
feet were signed with existing tenants and 8 leases totalling 15,345 square
feet were signed with new tenants.  In summary, leasing for 1994 resulted in an
additional 11,210 square feet available for lease.

Historical Occupancy  
The following table shows the historical occupancy percentage at Brookdale at
December 31 of the indicated years.

                           1994    1993    1992    1991    1990

Including Anchor Stores    94.0%   96.0%   99.0%   99.4%   99.9%

Excluding Anchor Stores    79.0%   85.0%   95.0%   98.0%   99.5%

Competition  
The Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area contains 17 regional shopping
centers containing a total of 14 million square feet of retail space.
Brookdale, which is located in a northern suburb of Minneapolis, competes
directly with three shopping centers - Northtown Mall, Rosedale Center and
Ridgedale Center.  Brookdale also competes for customers with a variety of
local shops and merchants.
  
Northtown Mall is a smaller regional center located five miles north of
Brookdale and is anchored by Carson's, Montgomery Ward and Kohl's.  Northtown
Mall contains gross leasable area of approximately 800,000 square feet.
Rosedale Center, which is owned by an affiliate of Equitable, is a two-level,
enclosed mall located ten miles southeast of Brookdale and is anchored by
Dayton's, Carson's, J.C. Penney and Montgomery Ward.  This center contains a
gross leasable area of 1,400,000 square feet and underwent an expansion in
1991, including a new 250,000 square foot Dayton's store.  Ridgedale Center is
located eight miles southeast of Brookdale and is anchored by Sears, J.C.
Penney, Dayton's and Carson's.  Ridgedale contains gross leasable area of
1,035,000 square feet.  All three centers compete against Brookdale for
customers with a variety of local shops and national retailers.  

On August 11, 1992, a super-regional center, Mall of America, opened in
Bloomington, approximately 8.25 miles from downtown Minneapolis and
approximately 14.25 miles southeast of Brookdale.  The 4.2 million square foot
center is anchored by Nordstrom's, Bloomingdale's, Sears and R.H. Macy & Co.,
Inc., among others, and includes an amusement park.  Although occupancy has
declined over the past few years, the General Partner attributes this decline
to general competition from other shopping centers, of which the Mall of
America is only a part.  While Mall of America does not appear to have had a
direct impact on leasing initiatives at Brookdale at this time, it has had an
impact on consumer traffic at Brookdale.   The General Partner is less certain
concerning the long-term impact, if any, on sales at Brookdale since Mall of
America is located outside Brookdale's primary trade area. <PAGE>
 


Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

On January 17, 1995, the Partnership announced that an action had been filed in
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on
behalf of all persons who owned Limited Partnership Units of the Partnership on
June 7, 1994.  The action was brought against the Partnership, the General
Partner, officers and directors of the General Partner and other defendants
with respect to the sale of Northland.  The General Partner believes that the
Plaintiff's allegations are without merit, and intends to defend the lawsuit
vigorously.  The complaint alleges, among other things, that the solicitation
statement used by the Partnership to solicit limited partner consents to the
sale of Northland contained material misrepresentations and omissions and that
the General Partner, assisted by the other defendants, breached its fiduciary
duties to the plaintiffs in connection with the Northland sale.  Plaintiffs
seek, among other things, compensatory damages and to have their action 
certified as a class action under Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.  


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Unitholders at a meeting or
otherwise during the three months ended December 31, 1994.  


                                    PART II
	
	
Item 5.  Market for the Registrant's Limited Partnership Units and Related
Security Holder Matters

The Units are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trade under the symbol
"EQM".  The high and low sales price of the Units on the New York Stock
Exchange as reported on the consolidated transaction reporting system, during
the periods January 1, 1993 to December 31, 1993 and January 1, 1994 to
December 31, 1994 were as follows:

                                High            Low

	1993
        First Quarter         $ 2 5/8         $ 1 3/4
	Second Quarter		2 5/8		2 1/8
	Third Quarter		2 1/2		2
	Fourth Quarter		2 1/2		2 1/8

	1994
        First Quarter         $ 2 3/8         $ 2
	Second Quarter		2 1/8		1 1/8
	Third Quarter		1 3/4		11/16
	Fourth Quarter		7/8		1/2

(b)  Distribution of Operating Cash Flow   

The Partnership's policy is to distribute to the Unitholders their allocable
portion of Operating Cash Flow (as defined below) in respect of each fiscal
year in substantially equal quarterly installments based on estimated Operating
Cash Flow for the current year.

Distributions of Operating Cash Flow are paid on a quarterly basis to
registered holders of Units on record dates established by the Partnership,
which generally will be the last day of each quarter.  If a Unitholder
transfers a Unit prior to a record date for a quarterly distribution of
Operating Cash Flow, the transferor Unitholder may be subject to tax on part or
all of the Net Income from operations, if any, for such quarter (since Net
Income from operations is allocated on a monthly basis, rather than quarterly),
but will not be entitled to receive any portion of the Operating Cash Flow to
be distributed with respect to such quarter.

The amount of Operating Cash Flow available for distribution is determined by
the General Partner after taking into account the cash requirements of the
Partnership, including operating expenses and reserves for future commitments
and contingencies.  

For the specific terms of the distribution of operating cash flow, reference is
made to pages 84 and 85 in the Partnership Agreement which is incorporated
herein by reference. 


Quarterly Cash Distributions Per Limited Partnership Unit

Distribution amounts are reflected in the period for which they are declared.
The record date is the last day of the respective quarter and the actual cash
distributions are paid approximately 45 days after the record date. 

                                1994            1993

        First Quarter        $  .07           $ .125
	Second Quarter		.07		.125	
	Third Quarter		.935*		.125	
	Fourth Quarter		.07		.125	

        TOTAL                $ 1.145          $ .50


* This amount includes the Partnership's third quarter cash distribution of
$.07 per Unit as well as a special cash distribution of $.865 per Unit paid on
August 31, 1994, to unitholders of record as of August 12, 1994.  This
distribution represented the net proceeds from the sale of Northland Center and
included a disbursement of $4,484,000 from the Partnership's cash reserves.
See Item 7 for a discussion of the sale of Northland Center.

A portion of the Partnership's cash flow is currently being reserved to fund
leasing programs and capital improvements at Brookdale and in anticipation of
the potential costs associated with a refinancing of the mortgage loan or sale
of Brookdale (See Item 7).  The Partnership reduced its distribution for the
first quarter of 1994 to $.07 from the previous level of $.125 per quarter in
anticipation of the sale of Northland to Equitable, which sale was completed on
July 22, 1994, with an effective date of December 31, 1993.

As of December 31, 1994, there were 6,663 Unit Holders.

(c) Distribution of Net Proceeds of Capital Transactions:

The Net Proceeds of an Interim Capital Transaction, which would include the
sale of either or both Malls, are distributable to the Unitholders and the
General Partner in the manner described in the Partnership Agreement which is
incorporated herein by reference.  See also Note 4 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.      

Related Security Holder Matters  

The Partnership is a "publicly traded partnership" for purposes of Federal
income taxation.  The Revenue Act of 1987 (the "Act") changed the Federal
income tax treatment of "publicly traded partnerships."  Under the Act, the
Partnership could be taxed as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes
beginning in 1998 if the Partnership does not satisfy an income test under the
Act.  While the Partnership currently expects to meet this income test, it is
unclear whether the Partnership will always meet the income requirements for an
exception to the rule treating a publicly traded partnership as a corporation.
Publicly traded partnerships are subject to a modified version of the passive
loss rules if they are not taxed as corporations.  Under the modified rules
applicable to publicly traded partnerships, the passive loss rules are applied
separately for the items attributable to each publicly traded partnership.

Any Tax-Exempt Entity acquiring Units after December 17, 1987 (including any
acquired pursuant to a reinvestment plan) realizes unrelated business income
("UBI"), with respect to such Units for periods during which the Partnership is
a "publicly traded partnership", and such UBI may cause the Tax-Exempt Entity
to incur a federal income tax liability.  It should be noted that the
Partnership agreement stated that "An investment in the Units is not suitable
for Tax-Exempt Entities, including Individual Retirement Accounts ("IRA's") and
Keogh and other retirement plans, because such investment would give rise to
unrelated business taxable income."


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

(dollars in thousands except per interest data)

For the years ended December 31,
 
                             1994        1993        1992        1991      1990

Total Income              $12,695     $ 30,312   $ 31,404    $ 30,383  $ 29,482
Net Income (Loss)          (7,567)(2)  (18,377)(1) (7,834)(1)     389     1,759
Net Income (Loss) per 
  Limited Partnership
  Unit (10,700,000
  outstanding)               (.79)       (1.70)(1)   (.73)(1)     .04       .16
Real Estate                35,072      100,264    118,416     127,101   125,396
Mortgage Notes Payable     33,652       82,011     77,245      70,215    60,849
Total Assets               42,302      113,448    131,082     136,879   132,004

(1)     Includes write-downs in carrying value of the Northland property in
        1992 and 1993.  See Item 7.

(2)     Includes gain on sale of Northland and write-down of Brookdale.  See
        Item 7.


The above selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and notes thereto contained in Item 8.  


Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 1994, the Partnership had cash totalling $6,693,502 compared to
$10,668,441 at December 31, 1993.  The $3,974,939 decrease is primarily the
result of the August 31, 1994 cash distribution (discussed below), a portion of
which was funded from the Partnership's cash reserve.  

The General Partner is currently attempting to dispose of the Partnership's
remaining property and dissolve the Partnership in an orderly manner.  The
Partnership has engaged Lehman Brothers, an affiliate of the General Partner,
to advise and assist the Partnership in the possible sale of Brookdale Center.
The Partnership executed a contract with Equitable for the sale of Northland
Center for the price of $6,600,000 in excess of the balance of the first
mortgage loan.  The effective date of the sale of Northland was January 1, 1994
and any positive cash flow that was generated by Northland Center from January
1, 1994 to the closing on July 22, 1994 belonged to Equitable.  In addition,
the contract provided for the release of the Partnership's obligations under
the first mortgage on Northland and the modification of the terms of the first
mortgage on Brookdale.  The first mortgage on Brookdale has been modified to
permit prepayment in full, with a modified defeasance fee equal to 75% of the
amount by which the sales price of Brookdale exceeds $45,000,000.  In
connection with the sale, the Partnership retained an independent advisor to
render an opinion as to the fairness of the Northland transaction.  The advisor
concluded that the sale was fair, from a financial point of view, to the
limited partners.  On July 22, 1994, the sale and proposed modification of the
Partnership Agreement was approved by a majority in interest of the
Partnership's limited partners, and the sale of Northland was consummated.  The
Partnership's net proceeds from the Northland Center sale, after closing
adjustments, expenses related to the sale, and the satisfaction of the
mortgage, were $5,625,304.  The transaction resulted in a gain on sale of
$4,610,550.  On August 31, 1994, a special cash distribution of $.865 per unit
was paid for unitholders of record on August 12, 1994.  The special
distribution, which exceeded the net proceeds from the Northland Center sale,
included a disbursement of $4,484,000 from the Partnership's cash reserves.
Additionally, the Asset Management Agreement with EREIM for Northland Center
and Brookdale Center was terminated effective December 31, 1993, thereby
releasing the Partnership from its obligation to pay EREIM an asset management
fee of $1,060,000 per year.

There is no guarantee that the Partnership will be able to sell Brookdale prior
to the June 1995 maturity of the mortgage loan.  If the sale of Brookdale
appears unlikely at or prior to this date, the Partnership will attempt to
extend the maturity of the mortgage loan, or secure replacement financing from
the current lender.  The Partnership's ability to refinance its mortgage in
whole or in part or, as an alternative, to find a purchaser for the Mall, may
be adversely impacted by economic and competitive conditions pertaining to the
Mall, the limited availability of financing for real estate projects, and
adverse real estate market conditions in general.

A portion of the Partnership's cash flow is currently being reserved to fund
leasing costs, necessary capital improvements and potential costs associated
with a potential sale of Brookdale.  Cash distributions are determined on a
quarterly basis, and were reduced to $.07 per unit beginning with the first
quarter 1994 distribution in recognition of the likelihood of the Northland
sale.  In view of a disposition of Brookdale, to the extent possible, capital
expenditures, other than leasing-related expenditures, will be kept to a
minimum with only those items addressed which require immediate attention due
to code requirements, safety concerns or lease and other contractual
obligations.

Accounts receivable, net of allowance, decreased from $514,505 at December 31,
1993 to $272,327 at December 31, 1994 primarily due to a decrease in
Brookdale's tenant receivables and the sale of Northland.  This also resulted
in a decrease in the allowance for receivables from $1,251,805 at December 31,
1993 to $95,229 at December 31, 1994. 

Prepaid assets decreased from $1,676,333 at December 31, 1993 to $142,679 at
December 31, 1994 due to the reimbursement of Northland Center's real estate
taxes prepaid at December 31, 1993 for the first and second quarter of 1994.
At December 31, 1994, accounts payable and accrued expenses totalled
$1,170,453, a decrease of $999,783 from December 31, 1993, primarily due to the
sale of Northland Center.

On August 23, 1991, P.A. Bergner, the parent company of Carson's, filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy code.  In conjunction
with its Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization under bankruptcy, Bergner
elected to terminate the store's lease of 15,952 square feet on May 31, 1994,
to extend the store's operating covenant to 2003 and to pay the Partnership a
lease termination and settlement fee of $1,250,000.  Bergner also agreed to
cure pre-petition defaults amounting to $328,250 for real estate taxes and
common area maintenance.  Following termination of the lease, the Partnership
reconfigured the area occupied by Carson's into tenant space and constructed a
new entrance to the Carson's store.  Such reconfiguration was funded by
Partnership cash reserves, in addition to the $1,250,000 received by the
Partnership in December 1993.  Accordingly, deferred income decreased
$1,250,000 from December 31, 1993 to $0 at December 31, 1994 as a result of the
recognition of income upon termination of the lease in May 1994.

Mortgage notes payable decreased from $82,011,121 at December 31, 1993 to
$33,652,305 at December 31, 1994 due to the sale of Northland Center which
resulted in the payoff of the $54,504,713 mortgage secured by that property.  

Brookdale tenant Herman's Sporting Goods which filed for Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code paid the Partnership $200,000 in 1994 to be released from its
lease obligations.  The loss of Herman's, which occupied 12,000 square feet,
did not have a material effect on the Partnership's operating results.

Brookdale anchor tenant Kohl's did not renew its operating agreement which
expired August 1, 1993, but has not informed the Partnership of any intention
to leave the mall.  Kohl's owns its building, and its ground lease does not
expire until January 31, 2010.  If Kohl's were to leave the mall, this would
likely result in a decline in mall traffic and cash flow, and would likely have
a material adverse effect on future mall store leasing efforts.

Results of Operations

1994 versus 1993

Cash provided by operating activities totalled $4,483,503 for the year ended
December 31,1994, compared with $12,701,730 for the year ended December 31,
1993.  The reduced cash flow is primarily due to the assignment of positive
cash flow from Northland to Equitable, pursuant to the terms of the sale
contract which provided for all operating income of Northland commencing
January 1, 1994 to be paid to Equitable upon closing of the sale.  The
Partnership recognized a net loss of $7,567,268 for the year ended December 31,
1994 compared to a net loss of $18,376,967 for 1993.  The decrease in net loss
is due to the fact that the write-down of Brookdale to its estimated value in
1994 was less than the write-down in value of the Northland in 1993, as well as
the sale of Northland which resulted in a gain of $4,610,550 in 1994.

The carrying value of Brookdale was reduced during the fourth quarter of 1994,
based upon management's assessment of the estimated fair market value of the
property.  The determination of the estimated fair market value of the property
was based upon the most recent appraisal of the property , which is conducted
annually, and the impending maturity of the first mortgage note.

Rental income totalled $4,895,956 in 1994, as compared to $12,622,285 in 1993.
The decrease reflects the absence of Northland activity as well as lower
average occupancy at Brookdale in 1994.  Escalation income decreased
$11,262,664 from 1993 to $5,964,157 in 1994. Escalation income represents
billings to tenants for their proportionate share of common area maintenance,
insurance and real estate tax expenses, HVAC and other miscellaneous expenses.
The decrease in escalation income is primarily due to the absence of Northland
activity.  Miscellaneous income increased $1,303,568 from 1993, primarily due
to the recognition of the $1,250,000 termination and restructuring fee paid by
Carson's in connection with its lease settlement and the receipt of $200,000 in
connection with the Herman's lease buyout at Brookdale. 

Total expenses decreased $23,815,857 from $48,688,493 in 1993 to $24,872,636 in
1994 primarily due to the write-down of Brookdale to its estimated value being
less than the write-down of Northland in 1993, and due to the absence of
Northland activity resulting from the  sale of Northland in 1994.  Property
operating expenses decreased due primarily to the absence of Northland activity
and a decrease in bad debt expense at Brookdale Center resulting from the
collection of past due Carson's receivables.  This was slightly offset by an
increase in CAM and promotion expenses at Brookdale Center.  Real estate tax
expense decreased due to the absence of Northland activity offset by an
increase at Brookdale due to an increased assessed value of the Mall.  Interest
expense totaled $6,145,897 compared with $7,857,584 in 1993.  The decrease is
due to the payment of the Northland zero coupon note upon closing of the
Northland sale on July 22, 1994.  General and administrative expenses decreased
in 1994, primarily due to the termination of the EREIM asset management
agreement as of December 31, 1993 (see Liquidity and Capital Resources above).

Sales for tenants (exclusive of anchor tenants) who operated at the Brookdale
Mall for each of the last two years were approximately $38,545,800 and
$38,288,000 for the years ending December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  As
of December 31, 1994, Brookdale was 79% occupied (exclusive of anchor and
outparcel stores) as compared to 85% on December 31, 1993. The decline in
occupancy is largely attributable to the reconfiguration of approximately
40,000 square feet of previously leased space, which was recently renovated.
These renovations were completed in November 1994 and a portion of the space
has been re-leased as of year-end 1994. 

1993 versus 1992

Cash provided by operating activities totalled $12,701,730 for the year ended
December 31, 1993 compared to $10,156,099 for 1992.  The increase is primarily
due to the receipt of the $1.25 million Carson's lease termination settlement
discussed above, the decrease in accounts receivable resulting from lower
recoveries of common area maintenance and utility expenses, and to the change
in the income and expense categories discussed below.

The Partnership incurred a net loss of $18,376,967 for the year ended December
31, 1993 compared to $7,834,360 for 1992.  The increase in net loss is due to
the additional reduction of Northland's carrying value in 1993 by $16,163,153
to its estimated fair market value at December 31, 1993 as well as the decrease
in escalation income and increased real estate taxes and interest expense. 

The carrying value of the Northland property was reduced during the fourth
quarter of 1992 and 1993, based upon management's assessment of the estimated
fair market value of the property.  Such assessment in 1992 was based upon the
appraised value of the property, which was conducted as of December 31, 1992,
and in consideration of national market trends for real estate and the
continuing depressed economic conditions in the metropolitan Detroit area.  The
determination of the estimated fair market  value of the property at interim
dates during 1993 was based upon the most recent appraisal of the property,
which is conducted annually.  The General Partner also considered the minimal
change in occupancy during 1993 when considering factors that might have
contributed to a further decline in value.   The reduction in carrying value
during the fourth quarter of 1993 was based upon the terms of the proposed sale
of the property, which were not finalized until the first quarter of 1994, (see
"Liquidity and Capital Resources" above), pursuant to which the partnership
would incur a loss on disposal of approximately $16.1 million.

Rental income totalled $12,622,285 in 1993, largely unchanged from $12,607,071
in 1992.  Escalation income decreased $775,748 from 1992 to $17,226,821 in
1993, primarily due to concessions made to certain tenants and lower recovery
levels.  Escalation income represents billings to tenants for their
proportionate share of common area maintenance, insurance and real estate tax
expenses.  Interest income decreased $46,655 from 1992 to $257,776 in 1993.
The decrease reflects lower interest rates earned on Partnership cash balances.
Miscellaneous income totalled $204,644 in 1993, compared with $489,685 in 1992,
down $285,041 due primarily to a 1992 lease buyout by Lens Crafters, a tenant
at Northland, totaling $325,000.

Total expenses increased $9,775,377 from $38,913,116 in 1992 to $48,688,493 in
1993, primarily due to the additional reduction of Northland's carrying value
in 1993.  Property operating expenses totaled $13,025,506, down 2% from 1992.
The decrease in operating expenses is primarily due to a decrease in
reimbursable expenses at Northland.  Interest expense totaled $7,857,584
compared with $7,245,703 in 1992.  The increase is due to the compounding of
interest on the zero coupon notes.  Real estate taxes increased to $5,705,170
in 1993, up 6% from 1992, due to an increase in taxes at Brookdale.  The  5%
increase in depreciation and amortization expense from 1992 to 1993 is due to
the ongoing tenant additions at the properties.  Professional fees increased
from $183,491 in 1992 to $229,616 in 1993, reflecting higher legal fees
incurred in 1993 as a result of sale negotiations.   

Brookdale:  Sales for tenants (exclusive of anchor tenants) who operated at the
Mall for each of the last two years were approximately $37,066,000, and
$38,507,000.  As of December 31, 1993, Brookdale was 85% occupied (exclusive of
anchor and outparcel stores) as compared to 95% on December 31, 1992.  The
General Partner attributes the decrease in sales at Brookdale primarily to the
decrease in occupancy at the center, reflecting a remerchandising strategy at
the Mall, financial difficulties experienced by certain tenants which have led
to store closings, increased competition from recently renovated centers and
the newly constructed Mall of America, as well as generally sluggish economic
conditions.

Northland:  Sales for tenants (exclusive of anchor tenants) who operated at the
Mall for each of the last two years were approximately $80,092,000, and
$76,201,000.  As of December 31, 1993, Northland was 71% occupied (exclusive of
anchor tenants and secondary space) compared to 73% on December 31, 1992.  

Inflation

Inflation generally does not affect either the business of the Partnership
relative to its industry segments.  Most increases in operating expenses
incurred by the Malls are passed through to its tenants under the terms of
their leases.  Alternatively, inflation may also cause an increase in sales
revenue reported by the tenants at the Malls, which serves to increase the
Partnership's revenues, since a portion of its rental income is derived from
percentage rents paid by certain tenants.

Property Appraisal

The Partnership Agreement and the Notes require the Partnership to retain an
independent appraisal firm to appraise the Properties each year.  The
Partnership is generally required to provide an appraisal of the properties to
the Unit Holders within 90 days after the end of the Partnership's fiscal year.
Cushman & Wakefield, Inc., an independent appraisal firm retained by the
Partnership to appraise the Properties in 1994, has appraised Brookdale at
$35,072,000 as of December 31, 1994.

It should be noted that appraisals are only estimates of current value and
actual values realizable upon a sale may be significantly different.  A
significant factor in establishing an appraised value is the actual selling
price for properties which the appraiser believes are comparable.  Because of
the nature of the Partnership's properties and the limited market for such
properties, there can be no assurance that the other properties reviewed by the
appraiser are comparable.  Additionally, the low level of liquidity as a result
of the current restrictive capital environment has had the effect of limiting
the number of transactions in real estate markets and the availability of
financing to potential purchasers, which may have a negative impact on the
value of an asset.  Further, the appraised value does not reflect the actual
costs which would be incurred in selling the property, including brokerage fees
and prepayment penalties.  


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

See Item 14a for a listing of the Financial Statements and Supplementary data
filed in this report.


Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
         Financial Disclosure

None.

                                    PART III


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrants

The Partnership has no officers or directors.  The General Partner manages and
controls substantially all of the Partnership's affairs and has general
responsibility and ultimate authority in all matters affecting the
Partnership's business.  Certain officers and directors of the General Partner
are now serving (or in the past have served) as officers and directors of
entities which act as general partners of a number of real estate limited
partnerships which have sought protection under the provisions of the federal
Bankruptcy Code.  The partnerships which have filed bankruptcy petitions own
real estate which has been adversely affected by the economic conditions in the
markets in which that real estate is located and, consequently, the
partnerships sought protection of the bankruptcy laws to protect the
partnerships' assets from loss through foreclosure.

On July 31, 1993, Shearson Lehman Brothers, Inc. ("Shearson") sold certain of
its domestic retail brokerage and asset management businesses to Smith Barney,
Harris Upham & Co. Incorporated ("Smith Barney").  Subsequent to this sale,
Shearson changed its name to Lehman Brothers Inc.  The transaction did not
affect the ownership of the Partnership or the Partnership's General Partners.
However, the assets acquired by Smith Barney included the name "Shearson."
Consequently, the general partner changed its name to  Midwest Centers Inc. to
delete any references to "Shearson."  

The directors and executive officers of the General Partner are as follows:

Name                          Age         Office

Paul L. Abbott                49          Director, President and Chairman of
                                          the Board
Stevan N. Bach                55          Director
Kathleen Carey                41          Director
Raymond C. Mikulich           41          Director
Robert J. Hellman             40          Vice President, Director and Chief
                                          Financial Officer
Joan B. Berkowitz             35          Vice President
Elizabeth Rubin               28          Vice President


Paul L. Abbott is a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers.  Mr. Abbott joined
Lehman Brothers in August 1988, and is responsible for investment management of
residential, commercial and retail real estate.  Prior to joining Lehman
Brothers, Mr. Abbott was a real estate consultant and a senior officer of a
privately held company specializing in the syndication of private real estate
limited partnerships.  From 1974 through 1983, Mr. Abbott was an officer of two
life insurance companies and a director of an insurance agency subsidiary.  Mr.
Abbott received his formal education in the undergraduate and graduate schools
of Washington University in St. Louis.

Stevan N. Bach is Executive Vice President of Bach, Thoreen, McDermott Inc., a
real estate valuation and consulting firm based in Houston, Texas.  Mr. Bach
has over 25 years of experience in the real estate business.  From December
1980 through July 1984, Mr. Bach was a Senior Vice President, National Director
and General Manager of the Southwestern Region for Landauer Associates, Inc.
From December 1975 through December 1980, Mr. Bach was the Vice President and
Manager of Coldwell Banker Appraisal Services.  Mr. Bach is a graduate of the
University of Southern California.

Kathleen B. Carey is an attorney specializing in commercial real estate.  She
is a graduate of the State University of New York at Albany and St. John's
University Law School.  In 1987, she joined the Connecticut law firm of
Cummings & Lockwood and served as a partner in the firm from 1989 until
mid-1994.  She is admitted to practice in New York and Connecticut, and worked
with firms in both states before joining Cummings & Lockwood.  She resigned
from that firm in 1994 and now resides in California.  Ms. Carey's practice has
involved all facets of acquisitions, sales and financing of commercial
properties, including multifamily housing, office buildings and shopping
centers.  She has represented developers and lenders in numerous transactions
involving properties located throughout the United States. 

Raymond C. Mikulich is a Managing Director of Lehman, and since January 1988,
has been head of the Real Estate Investment Banking Group.  Prior to joining
Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb in 1982, Mr. Mikulich was a Vice President with
LaSalle National Bank, Chicago, in the Real Estate Advisory Group, where he was
responsible for the acquisition of equity interests in commercial real estate.
Over his fifteen years in the real estate business, Mr. Mikulich has arranged
acquisitions and dispositions on behalf of both individuals and institutional
investors.  Mr. Mikulich holds a BA degree from Knox College and a JD degree
from Kent College of Law.

Robert J. Hellman is a Senior Vice President of Lehman Brothers and is
responsible for investment management of retail and commercial real estate.
Since joining Lehman Brothers in 1983, Mr. Hellman has been involved in a wide
range of activities involving real estate and direct investments including
origination of new investment products, restructurings, asset management and
the sale of commercial, retail and residential properties.  Prior to joining
Lehman Brothers, Mr. Hellman worked in strategic planning for Mobil Oil
Corporation and was an associate with an international consulting firm.  Mr.
Hellman received a bachelor's degree from Cornell University, a master's degree
from Columbia University, and a law degree from Fordham University.  

Joan B. Berkowitz is a Vice President of Lehman Brothers, responsible for asset
management within the Diversified Asset Group.  Ms. Berkowitz joined Lehman
Brothers in May 1986 as an accountant in the Realty Investment Group.  From
October 1984 to May 1986, she was an Assistant Controller to the Patrician
Group.  From November 1983 to October 1984, she was employed by Diversified
Holdings Corporation.  From September 1981 to November 1983, she was employed
by Deloitte Haskins & Sells.  Ms. Berkowitz, a Certified Public Accountant,
received a B.S. degree from Syracuse University in 1981.

Elizabeth Rubin is an Assistant Vice President of Lehman Brothers in the
Diversified Asset Group.  Ms. Rubin joined Lehman Brothers in April 1992.
Prior to joining Lehman Brothers, she was employed from September 1988 to April
1992 by the accounting firm of Kenneth Leventhal and Co.  Ms. Rubin is a
Certified Public Accountant and received a B.S. degree from the State
University of New York at Binghamton in 1988.  


Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The Directors and Officers of the General Partner do not receive any salaries
or other compensation from the Partnership, except that Mr. Bach receives
$12,000 per year for serving as Director of the General Partner.  Prior to
September 1, 1993 he received $10,000, and $2,400 for attendance in person at
any meeting of the Board of Directors of the General Partner or of the Audit
Committee.  During 1994, Mr. Bach was paid $21,600 in director fees.  In
addition, Donald R. Waugh Jr. , who served as Director of the General Partner
until his death in 1995, received $19,200 for services rendered in 1994. 

The General Partner is entitled to receive 1% of Operating Cash Flow
distributed in any fiscal year and to varying percentages of the Net Proceeds
of capital transactions.  See pages 84 and 85 of the Partnership Agreement for
a description of such arrangements which description is incorporated by
reference thereto.


Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners - To the knowledge of the
Partnership, no person owns more than 5% of the outstanding Units as of
December 31, 1994.

(b) Security Ownership of Management - Various employees of Lehman Brothers
that perform services on behalf of the General Partner own no units of the
Partnership as of December 31, 1994.

(c) Changes in Control - None


Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The General Partner, an affiliate of Lehman Brothers, is entitled to receive a
portion of Operating Cash Flow and Net Proceeds from Capital Transactions (see
Item 5).  During 1994, the General Partner received $123,752 as its share of
Operating Cash Flow for 1994. 

During 1993, the Partnership engaged Lehman Brothers, an affiliate of the
General Partner, in conjunction with the possible sales of Brookdale and
Northland.  Pursuant to such agreement, Lehman Brothers is entitled to a fee
equal to 0.875% of the gross proceeds of a transaction, as defined in the
Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13).  Pursuant to
this agreement, the Partnership paid Lehman Brothers $508,774 in 1994 for
advisory services related to the sale of Northland Center.  

An affiliate of Lehman Brothers and the General Partner is the general partner
of Hotel Properties, L.P., a public limited partnership which owns four
Marriott hotels.  Equitable holds first mortgages in the aggregate amount of
approximately $80,000,000 on such properties, and EREIM performs asset
management services for that partnership which are similar to the asset
management services which it performed for the Partnership.  An affiliate of
Lehman Brothers and the General Partner is the General Partner of Capital
Growth Mortgage Investors, L.P., a public limited partnership which specializes
in mortgages.  Equitable holds a first mortgage on a property in the aggregate
amount of approximately $43,000,000 for which Capital Growth holds a second
mortgage in the aggregate amount of approximately $37,000,000.
  
Affiliates of the General Partner are or have been responsible for certain
administrative functions of the Partnership.  For amounts paid to such
affiliates, see Note 7 of the Notes to Financial Statements.  

                                    PART IV
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) (1) and (2).

             MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                           (a Delaware limited partnership)
                           Index to Financial Statements
                                                                      Page
                                                                     Number

Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-1

Balance Sheets At December 31, 1994 and 1993                          F-2

Statements of Partners' Capital (Deficit)
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992                  F-2

Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992                  F-3

Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992                  F-4

Notes to Financial Statements                                         F-5

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                       F-10

Schedule III - Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation               F-11


(b) Reports on Form 8-K in the fourth quarter of 1994:  

On November 21, 1994, the Partnership filed a current report on Form 8-K
reporting the change in the Partnership's name from Equitable Real Estate
Shopping Centers, L.P. to Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center L.P.  See Item 1
for a discussion of the name change.

(c) Exhibits.

Subject to Rule 12b-32 of the Securities Act of 1934 regarding incorporation by
reference, listed below are the exhibits which are filed as part of this
report:

3.* Registrant's Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated December 1, 1986, is
hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Prospectus contained in
Registration Statement No. 33-9937, which Registration Statement (the
"Registration Statement") was declared effective by the SEC on December 23,
1986.

4.1*The form of Certificate of Limited Partnership Interest is hereby
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement.

4.2*The form of Unit Certificate is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.2 to the Registration Statement.

10.1*The form of Property Management Agreement between Registrant and Center
Management Venture is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the
Registration Statement.

10.2*The form of Transfer Agent Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement.

10.3*The form of Promissory Note (Brookdale) is hereby incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to the Registration Statement.

10.4*The form of Promissory Note (Northland) is hereby incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 to the Registration Statement.

10.5*The form of Mortgage is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9
to the Registration Statement.

10.6*The form of Assignments of Leases and Rents is hereby incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement.

10.7*The Indemnification Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement.

10.8*The Agreement of Indemnification is hereby incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration Statement.

10.9*The Second Mortgage Loan Agreement from Equitable to the Partnership dated
June 25, 1991 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the
Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991.

10.10*Letter of Intent to Purchase Northland Center by Equitable Life Assurance
Society of the United States is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit A
to the Partnership's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on January 19, 1994.

10.11*The Engagement Letter between the Partnership and Lehman Brothers
securing Lehman Brothers services as exclusive financial advisor with respect
to the sale of Northland Center and Brookdale Center, dated October 25, 1993 is
hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Partnership's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

10.12*Termination and Release Agreement between the Partnership and Equitable
Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. dated March 28, 1994 is hereby
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Partnership's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.

10.13Summary of Real Property for Brookdale Center as of January 1, 1995, as
prepared by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.


* Previously filed

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Dated: March 30, 1995              
                    MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER L.P.

                    BY: Midwest Centers Inc.
                        General Partner

                    BY: /s/ Paul L. Abbott
                        Director, President and Chairman of the Board


                    BY: /s/ Robert J. Hellman
                        Director, Vice President
                        and Chief Financial Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                    MIDWEST CENTERS INC.
                    General Partner



Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY: /s/ Paul L. Abbott
                    Director, Chairman of the Board and President

Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY:/s/ Raymond Mikulich
                    Director

Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY:/s/ Stevan N. Bach
                    Director

Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY: /s/ Robert J. Hellman
                    Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY: /s/ Joan B. Berkowitz
                    Vice President

Date: March 30, 1995
                    BY: /s/  Elizabeth Rubin
                    Vice President


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Partners Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center L.P.

We have audited the financial statements of Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center
L.P. (a Delaware limited partnership) as listed in the accompanying index.  In
connection with our audits of the financial statements, we also have audited
the financial statement schedules as listed in the accompanying index.  These
financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility
of the Partnership's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our
audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Midwest Real Estate Shopping
Center L.P. at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly,
in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

The accompanying financial statements and financial statement schedules have
been prepared assuming that the Partnership will continue as a going concern.
As discussed in Note 5 to the financial statements , the Partnership's mortgage
note payable, secured by its remaining property, matures June 30, 1995.  The
Partnership does not currently have an agreement with the mortgage lender to
either extend the maturity of the debt or to refinance the obligation, nor does
the Partnership have replacement financing from another lender.  Market
conditions may prevent the Partnership from obtaining sufficient proceeds from
a sale or refinancing to satisfy the mortgage obligation.  These conditions
raise substantial doubt about the Partnership' ability to continue as a going
concern.  The financial statements and financial statement schedules do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 14, 1995


Balance Sheets
December 31, 1994 and 1993


Assets                                              1994              1993

Property held for disposition
  (notes 3, 5 and 6)                             $ 35,072,000   $ 100,264,096
Cash                                                6,693,502      10,668,441
Accounts receivable, net of allowance
  of $95,229 in 1994 and $1,251,805 in 1993           272,327         514,505
Due from affiliates, net (note 7)                      88,278         124,345
Deferred charges, net of accumulated 
  amortization of $246,676 in 1994 and
  $1,573,469 in 1993                                   33,324         199,954
Prepaid assets                                        142,679       1,676,333

     Total Assets                                $ 42,302,110   $ 113,447,674

Liabilities and Partners' Capital

Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses            $  1,170,453   $   2,170,236
Deferred income (note 2)                                   -        1,250,000
Mortgage notes payable (note 5)                    33,652,305      82,011,121
Distribution payable (note 10)                        756,565       1,351,010

     Total Liabilities                             35,579,323      86,782,367

Partners' Capital (deficit) (note 4):
General Partner                                        19,065        (719,854)
Limited Partners (10,700,000 securities
  outstanding)                                      6,703,722      27,385,161

Total Partners' Capital                             6,722,787      26,665,307

     Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital    $  42,302,110  $  113,447,674


Statements of Partners' Capital (Deficit)
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992

                                            Limited       General
                                           Partners       Partner       Total

Balance at December 31, 1991            $ 64,037,624  $ (352,910)  $ 63,684,714
Net loss                                  (7,759,266)    (75,094)    (7,834,360)
Distributions (note 10)                   (5,350,000)    (54,040)    (5,404,040)

Balance at December 31, 1992              50,928,358    (482,044)    50,446,314
Net loss                                 (18,193,197)   (183,770)   (18,376,967)
Distributions (note 10)                   (5,350,000)    (54,040)    (5,404,040)

Balance at December 31, 1993              27,385,161    (719,854)    26,665,307
Net loss                                  (8,429,939)    862,671     (7,567,268)
Distributions (note 10)                  (12,251,500)   (123,752)   (12,375,252)

Balance at December 31, 1994             $ 6,703,722  $   19,065    $ 6,722,787


See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992


Income                                       1994         1993          1992

Rental income                          $ 4,895,956  $ 12,622,285  $ 12,607,071
Escalation income                        5,964,157    17,226,821    18,002,569
Interest income                            326,493       257,776       304,431
Miscellaneous income (note 2)            1,508,212       204,644       489,685

Total Income                            12,694,818    30,311,526    31,403,756

Expenses

Property operating expenses              2,657,042    13,025,506    13,254,011
Loss on write-down of real
  estate (note 3)                        9,068,553    16,163,153     7,256,151
Real estate taxes                        3,528,943     5,705,170     5,386,056
Interest expense                         6,145,897     7,857,584     7,245,703
Depreciation and amortization            2,677,432     3,854,330     3,674,346
General and administrative                 311,639     1,289,480     1,342,731
Management fee (note 9)                    230,565       563,654       570,627
Professional fees                          252,565       229,616       183,491

Total Expenses                          24,872,636    48,688,493    38,913,116

Loss from Operations                   (12,177,818)  (18,376,967)   (7,509,360)

Gain (Loss) on sale of property
  (note 3)                               4,610,550         -          (325,000)

Net Loss                               $(7,567,268) $(18,376,967) $ (7,834,360)

Net Loss Allocated:

To the General Partner                 $   862,671  $   (183,770) $    (75,094)
To the Limited Partners                 (8,429,939)  (18,193,197)   (7,759,266)

                                       $(7,567,268) $(18,376,967) $ (7,834,360)

Per Limited Partnership Security
(10,700,000 securities outstanding)    $      (.79) $      (1.70) $       (.73)


See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992


Cash Flows from Operating Activities:           1994          1993        1992

Net loss                              $ (7,567,268) $ (18,376,967) $ (7,834,360)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
 to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
    Depreciation and amortization        2,677,432      3,854,330     3,674,346
    Loss on write-down of real estate    9,068,553     16,163,153     7,256,151
    Increase in interest on mortgage
     notes payable                       6,145,897      7,766,104     7,030,506
    (Gain) Loss on sale of sale of
     property	                          (4,610,550)           -         325,000
    Increase (decrease) in cash arising
    from changes in operating assets
    and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable                 242,178      1,434,809      (821,306)
       Due from affiliates, net             36,067        (41,723)       27,879
       Prepaid assets                    1,533,654        (96,338)       17,634
       Accounts payable and
         accrued expenses               (1,792,460)       748,362       483,331
       Deferred income                  (1,250,000)     1,250,000            -
       Accrued interest - note
         payable                               -               -         (3,082)

Net cash provided by operating
activities                               4,483,503     12,701,730    10,156,099

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Net proceeds from sale of property       5,625,304             -        650,000
Additions to real estate                (1,114,049)    (2,322,045)   (3,137,121)
Construction escrow                           -            84,425       557,082

Net cash provided by (used for)
investing activities                     4,511,255     (2,237,620)   (1,930,039)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Payoff of note payable                        -        (3,000,000)          -
Construction escrow                           -           486,280           -
Distributions paid                     (12,969,697)    (5,417,550)   (5,390,530)

Net cash used for financing activities (12,969,697)    (7,931,270)   (5,390,530)

Net increase (decrease) in cash         (3,974,939)     2,532,840     2,835,530
Cash at beginning of period             10,668,441      8,135,601     5,300,071

Cash at end of period                  $ 6,693,502   $ 10,668,441  $  8,135,601

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

Cash paid during the period
 for interest                          $     -       $     91,480  $    218,279

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash
 Investing Activities:

Closing costs of $370,000 and capital expenditures of $422,677 were funded
through accounts payable in 1994.  Capitalized construction costs of $605,175
were funded through accounts payable in 1992. 

Supplemental Disclosure of Noncash
 Financing Activities:

In connection with the sale of Northland Center, Equitable released the
Partnership from the related $54,504,713 mortgage obligation.

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.


Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1994 and 1993

1. Organization
Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center L.P., formerly Equitable Real Estate
Shopping Center L.P. (the "Partnership") was formed as a limited partnership on
October 28, 1986, under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Partnership was
formed to acquire two regional shopping malls.

In conjuction with the termination of the former asset management agreement
with Equitable Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. (Note 8), the
Partnership was required to cease using "Equitable" and "Equitable Real Estate"
in its name.  Consequently, effective November 21, 1994, the Partnership
changed its name to Midwest Real Estate Shopping Center, L.P.

The general partner of the Partnership is Midwest Centers Inc., (the "General
Partner") formerly Shearson ESC/GP Inc. (see below), an affiliate of Lehman
Brothers Inc., formerly Shearson Lehman Brothers Inc. 

The initial capital was $1,000, representing a capital contribution by the
General Partner. The Partnership commenced investment operations on December
30, 1986, with the acceptance of subscriptions for 10,700,000 limited
partnership securities, the maximum authorized by the agreement of limited
partnership (the "Partnership Agreement").

On July 31, 1993, Shearson Lehman Brothers Inc. sold certain of its domestic
retail brokerage and asset management businesses to Smith Barney, Harris Upham
& Co. Incorporated ("Smith Barney").  Subsequent to the sale, Shearson changed
its name to Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Lehman Brothers").  The transaction did not
affect the ownership of the General Partner.  However, the assets acquired by
Smith Barney included the name "Shearson".  Consequently, effective November
12, 1993, the general partner changed its name to Midwest Centers Inc. to
delete any references to "Shearson".

The General Partner believes it is in the best interests of the Partnership and
the Unitholders for the Partnership to dispose of its assets and dissolve and
liquidate the Partnership in an orderly manner.  During 1993, the Partnership
engaged Lehman Brothers, an affiliate of the General Partner, to assist in this
effort with respect to the sale of the Properties.  On March 28, 1994, the
Partnership executed a contract with Equitable for the sale of Northland Center
subject to agreement by the parties to certain additional documentation.  On
July 22, 1994, the Partnership closed the sale of Northland.  

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Accounting - The financial statements of the Partnership have been
prepared on the accrual basis of accounting.

Real Estate Investments -- Real estate investments, which consist of buildings,
land and personal property, are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or
estimated fair market value in 1994 and 1993.  Prior to 1993, the Brookdale
Center real estate investment was recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation.  As further discussed in Note 3, it was determined that the
decline in appraised value of Northland Center as of December 31, 1992 and the
decline in the appraised value of Brookdale Center as of December 31, 1994, the
decline in national real estate market trends and continuing decreases in
occupancy were not abating and the carrying values should be reduced to their
appraised value.  Depreciation of the buildings is computed using the
straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 40 years.  Depreciation
of personal property is computed under the straight-line method over an
estimated useful life of 12 years. Amortization of tenant leasehold
improvements is computed under the straight-line method over the lease term.

Deferred Charges -- The following fees and charges are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the following periods:

                                               Period

Fee for negotiating the mortgage notes         8.5 years
Fee for placement of mortgage notes            8.5 years

Offering Costs  -- Offering costs are nonamortizable and have been deducted
from partners' capital.

Transfer of Units and Distributions -- Upon the transfer of a unit, net income
and net loss from operations attributable to such unit generally will be
allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on the number of days
during the year of transfer that each is deemed to have owned the unit. The
unitholder of record on the last day of a calendar month will be deemed to have
owned the unit for the entire month. Distributions of operating cash flow, as
defined in the Partnership Agreement, will be paid on a quarterly basis to
registered holders of units on record dates established by the Partnership,
which generally will be the last day of each quarter.

Income Taxes -- No provision is made for income taxes since such liability is
the liability of the individual partners.

Deferred Income -- In 1993, deferred income represents a termination fee paid
by a tenant to terminate a lease.  This amount was recognized in 1994 upon the
termination of the lease.

Net Income Per Limited Partnership Unit -- Net income per limited partnership
unit is based upon the limited partnership interests outstanding at year-end
and the net income allocated to the limited partners.

Rental Income and Deferred Rent -- The Partnership rents its property to
tenants under operating leases with various terms.  Deferred rent receivable
consists of rental income which is recognized on the straight-line basis over
the lease terms, but will not be received until later periods as a result of
scheduled rent increases.

3. Real Estate
The Partnership's real estate, which was purchased on December 30, 1986 from
the Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States ("Equitable"),
originally consisted of two regional shopping malls known as Brookdale Center,
located in Brooklyn Center, Hennepin County, Minnesota ("Brookdale"); and
Northland Center, located in Southfield, Oakland County, Michigan
("Northland"), collectively, the "Properties."

On March 20, 1992, the Partnership sold The Telephone Employees Credit Union
building and a parcel of land in Southfield, Michigan for an adjusted selling
price of $650,000.  The building and land had an adjusted book value of
$975,000, resulting in a loss on the sale in the amount of $325,000.  Pursuant
to the Partnership Agreement, 100% of the loss was allocated to the Limited
Partners.

On July 22, 1994, the Partnership executed an agreement with Equitable for the
sale of Northland Center for the price of $6,600,000 in excess of the balance
of the first mortgage loan.  The carrying value was reduced by $16,163,153 to
its estimated fair market value at December 31, 1993, which reflected the terms
of the sale.  The price was determined as if the sale had closed on December
31, 1993 and any positive cash flow generated by Northland Center from January
1, 1994 to the closing belonged to Equitable.  The Partnership received net
proceeds of $5,625,304.  The transaction resulted in a gain on sale of
$4,610,550.  Pursuant to the Partnership agreement (Note 4), the gain was
allocated $984,449 to the general partner and $3,626,101 to the limited
partners.

During 1992 the Partnership wrote down the net book value of Northland by
$7,256,151.  In 1992 several national credit tenants vacated their space or
indicated their intention to do so.  Previously, the General Partner had
anticipated that increasing occupancy and rental income, resulting from the
leasing strategy, would create a recovery in value within the anticipated
holding period of the property. 

During 1994, the Partnership wrote down the net book value of Brookdale by
$9,068,553 to its estimated fair market value.  The determination of the
estimated fair market value of the property was based upon the most recent
appraisal of the property, which is conducted annually, and the impending
maturity of the mortgage note.

The following is a schedule of the minimum lease payments for Brookdale as
called for under the lease agreements:

Year ending
December 31,          Brookdale

1995                 $ 4,100,757
1996                   3,883,320
1997                   3,662,209
1998                   3,367,189
1999                   3,166,697
Later years           11,092,052

                     $29,272,224


In addition to the minimum lease amounts, the leases provide for escalation
charges to tenants for common area maintenance, real estate taxes and
percentage rents.  For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992,
percentage rents amounted to $295,440, $855,488, and $1,082,025 respectively,
which amounts are included in rental income.

4. Partnership Agreement
Pursuant to the terms of the Partnership Agreement, profits and losses from
operations shall be allocated 99% to the unitholders and 1% to the General
Partner. Distributions of net cash flow from operations, as defined in the
Partnership Agreement, shall be made in the following amounts and order of
priority: (i) first, 99% to the unitholders and 1% to the General Partner,
until the unitholders receive an amount equal to a cumulative annual return of
11%, compounded quarterly, on their Adjusted Capital Contributions; and (ii)
second, 99% to the unitholders and 1% to the General Partner.

With respect to capital transactions, income and losses will be allocated to
the General Partner and the unitholders in the same proportions as net proceeds
from capital transactions are distributed, except to the extent necessary to
reflect prior capital account adjustments.  Distributions of net proceeds from
capital transactions shall be distributed as follows: (i) first, 99% to the
unitholders and 1% to the General Partner, until the unitholders have received,
from aggregate distributions of operating cash flow and net proceeds from
capital transactions, an amount equal to a cumulative annual return of 11%
compounded quarterly on their adjusted capital contributions; (ii) second, 99%
to unitholders and 1% to the General Partner, until the unitholders have
received, from aggregate distributions of operating cash flow and net proceeds
from capital transactions, less distributions constituting the cumulative
priority return, as defined in the Partnership Agreement, an amount equal to
their adjusted capital contributions; and (iii) third, 88.24% to the
unitholders and 11.76% to the General Partner.

5. Mortgage Notes Payable
Financing for the purchase of the Properties was provided by two nonrecourse
mortgage notes from Equitable in the initial principal amounts of $15,175,000
(the "Brookdale Note") and $25,675,000 (the "Northland Note"). Upon the sale of
the Northland Center on July 22, 1994, Equitable released and discharged the
Partnership from the Northland Note and all interest accrued on the principal
as specified in the mortgage note agreement.  The Brookdale Note has an
interest rate of 10.2% per annum, compounded semiannually. The Partnership has
the right to defer, and intends to defer, payment of principal and interest on
the Brookdale Note until June 30, 1995, its maturity, at which point the note
will have an accreted value of $35,368,572.  The note provides that the
Partnership must maintain at all times a "Loan-to-Value Ratio" of not greater
than 90%. Loan-to-Value Ratio is defined generally as the then outstanding
accreted amount of the Brookdale Note divided by the most recent appraised
value of the property, as updated on an annual basis.  The Note is secured by a
first mortgage on Brookdale Mall and an assignment of rents and leases.
 
6. Note Payable
On June 25, 1991, the Partnership obtained a $3,000,000 loan from Equitable
Life Assurance Society of the U.S. The note bore interest at 1% above prime and
was secured by a second mortgage lien on Northland Center. Monthly payments of
interest only were required.  On June 6, 1993, the Partnership repaid the note
payable from cash reserves.

7. Transactions with Related Parties
The General Partner or its affiliates earned fees and compensation in
connection with the syndication, acquisition and administrative services
rendered to the Partnership of $11,342,000 and incurred unreimbursed costs on
behalf of the Partnership of $570,352. The aggregate amount of the
aforementioned fees and compensation earned and unreimbursed costs was composed
of $7,490,000 included in offering costs and $4,422,352 included in deferred
charges. During 1993, the Partnership engaged Lehman Brothers, an affiliate of
the General Partner, in conjunction with exploring the possible sales of
Brookdale and Northland.  Pursuant to such agreement, Lehman Brothers is
entitled to a fee equal to .875% of the gross proceeds of a transaction, as
defined in the Letter Agreement.  Pursuant to this agreement, Lehman Brothers
received $508,774, in 1994, from the Partnership for advisory services related
to the sale of Northland Center. As of December 31, 1994 and 1993, $88,278 and
$124,345, respectively, is the net amount due from affiliates. For the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992, $665,155, $151,243, and $144,864,
respectively, was earned by affiliates.

Cash Certain cash accounts reflected on the Partnership's balance sheet at
December 31, 1994 were on deposit with an affiliate of the General Partner.
Cash reflected on the Partnership's balance sheet at December 31, 1993 was on
deposit with an unaffiliated party.

8. Asset Management Agreement
On December 31, 1986, the Partnership entered into an agreement with Equitable
Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. ("EREIM") for the management of the
Properties. The agreement provided for an annual fee equal to $1,060,000 per
annum (included in operating expenses) through December 30, 2001.  Effective
December 31, 1993, the Asset Management Agreement with EREIM was terminated.  

9. Management Agreement
The Partnership has entered into a management agreement with a local manager
for the day-to-day operations of the Properties. The local manager is to
receive a monthly fee of 4.45% (increased from 4% commencing February 1, 1989)
of the net rents as defined in the management agreement. The agreement expired
January 31, 1989 and was extended for two years. The Properties were managed
pursuant to the terms of the agreement during 1994, 1993 and 1992. However, the
Partnership and the manager have not yet finalized the terms of an agreement
extension.

10. Distribution to Limited Partners
Distributions to limited partners for 1994, 1993 and 1992 were $12,251,500
($1.15 per limited partnership security), $5,350,000 ($.50 per limited
partnership security), and $5,350,000 ($.50 per limited partnership security),
respectively.  Cash distributions declared payable to limited partners at
December 31, 1994 and 1993 were $749,000 ($.07 per limited partnership
security) and $1,337,500 ($.125 per limited partnership security),
respectively.  

11. Reconciliation of Financial Statement Net Loss and Partners' Capital to
Federal Income Tax Basis Net Loss and Partners' Capital 

                                             1994          1993         1992

Financial statement net loss           $ (7,567,268) $ (18,376,967)$ (7,834,360)
Tax basis depreciation over financial
statement depreciation                     (169,715)    (2,565,258)  (2,570,288)
Tax basis rental income over (under)
financial statement rental income        (2,187,492)     1,899,207      (92,637)
Tax basis loss on sale of property over
financial statement gain on sale
of property                             (12,630,880)          -              -
Financial statement loss on write-down of
real estate over tax basis loss on
write-down of real estate                 9,068,553     16,163,153    7,256,151
Other                                      (194,409)       (31,791)     145,771

Federal income tax basis net loss      $(13,681,211) $  (2,911,656) $(3,095,363)


Financial statement partners' capital  $  6,722,787  $  26,665,307  $50,446,314
Current year financial statement net
loss over (under) federal income tax
basis net loss                           (6,113,943)    15,465,311    4,738,997
Cumulative financial statement net
income (loss) over (under) federal
income tax basis net loss                 5,628,343     (9,836,968) (14,575,965)

Federal income tax basis partners'
capital                                $  6,237,187 $   32,293,650 $ 40,609,346


Because many types of transactions are susceptible to varying interpretations
under Federal and state income tax laws and regulations, the amounts reported
above may be subject to change at a later date upon final determination by the
taxing authorities.

12. Litigation
On January 17, 1995, the Partnership announced that an action was filed in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of
all persons who owned Limited Partnership Units of the Partnership on June 7,
1994.  The action was brought against the Partnership, its General Partner,
officers and directors of the General Partner and other defendants with respect
to the recent sale by the Partnership of Northland Center.  The General Partner
believes that Plaintiff's allegations are without merit, and will defend the
lawsuit vigorously.  The complaint alleges, among other things, that the
solicitation statement used by the Partnership to solicit limited partner
consents to the July 1994 sale of Northland contained material
misrepresentations and omissions and that the General Partner, assisted by the
other defendants, breached its fiduciary duties to the plaintiffs in connection
with the Northland Sale.  Plaintiffs seek, among other things, compensatory
damages and to have their action certified as a class action under the Federal
Rules of Civil Procedure.


MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER L.P.
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                            Balance at      Charged to              Balance at
                             Beginning       Costs and                  End of
                             of Period        Expenses    Deductions    Period

Allowance for doubtful
accounts:
  Year ended
  December 31, 1992         $  725,057    $  577,372   $   149,883  $ 1,152,546

  Year ended
  December 31, 1993          1,152,546       544,951       445,692    1,251,805

  Year ended
  December 31, 1994          1,251,805      (184,872)      971,704       95,229




MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER, L.P. Schedule III
Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

December 31, 1994


                                             Cost Capitalized
                     Initial Cost                  Subsequent
                     to Partnership (A)        To Acquisition

                                                            Land,
                                   Buildings and   Buildings and  Write-down
Description  Encumbrances    Land   Improvements    Improvements  Adjustment (C)
- -----------  ------------   -----  -------------   -------------  -------------
Brookdale
Shopping
Center,
Hennepin
County, MN   $33,652,305  $5,413,594  $42,816,568    $5,520,624  $18,678,786


             $33,652,305  $5,413,594  $42,816,568    $5,520,624  $18,678,786




MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER, L.P.
Schedule III - Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation
December 31, 1994
(continued)



                 Gross Amount at Which Carried at Close of Period (B)


                                   Buildings and                   Accumulated
Description        Land            Improvements        Total      Depreciation
- -----------       ------           --------------    ---------    ------------
Brookdale
Shopping
Center,
Hennepin
County, MN      $3,662,530          $31,409,470     $35,072,000        $--


                $3,662,530          $31,409,470     $35,072,000        $--



MIDWEST REAL ESTATE SHOPPING CENTER, L.P.
Schedule III - Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation
December 31, 1994
(continued)

                                                            Life on which
                                                             Depreciation
                                                                in Latest
                     Date of             Date           Income Statements
Description       Construction         Acquired               is Computed
- -------------     ------------        ----------        -----------------
Brookdale
Shopping
Center,
Hennepin
County, MN            1962              12/86             Building 40 years
                                                          Imprvmnts 12 years



(A)  The initial costs of the Partnership represents the original purchase
price of the properties, including amounts incurred subsequent to the
acquisition which were contemplated.  The initial costs included the purchase
paid by the Partnership and acquisition fees and expenses.
     
(B)  The aggregate costs of real estate at December 31, 1994 and 1993 for
Federal income tax purposes is $53,602,750 and $145,499,286, respectively.

(C)  During 1994, the Partnership recognized a write-down in the book value of
the Brookdale Center of $9,068,553. The net book value adjusted for the
write-down, becomes the new carrying value for the property.

A reconciliation of the carrying amount of real estate and accumulated
depreciation for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992:

Real Estate investments:                    1994           1993          1992

Beginning of year                    $ 108,498,993  $ 125,363,943  $141,636,880
Additions                                1,536,726      1,716,870     3,054,764
Write-down                             (18,678,786)   (18,581,820)  (18,227,701)
Dispositions                           (56,284,933)           -      (1,100,000)

End of year                          $  35,072,000  $ 108,498,993  $125,363,943

Accumulated Depreciation:

Beginning of year                    $   8,234,897  $   6,948,395  $ 14,535,617
Depreciation expense                     2,510,802      3,705,169     3,509,328
Write-down                              (9,610,233)    (2,418,667)  (10,971,550)
Dispositions                            (1,135,466)           -        (125,000)

End of year                          $       --     $   8,234,897  $  6,948,395


                                         
                                 EXHIBIT 10.12









                       LIMITED APPRAISAL OF REAL PROPERTY

                                Brookdale Center
                          N/E/C of Routes 100 and 152
                                Brooklyn Center
                           Hennepin County, Minnesota


                              IN A SUMMARY REPORT

                             As of January 1, 1995


Prepared For:

Equitable Real Estate Shopping Centers L.P.
3 World Financial Center, 29th Floor
New York, New York  10013

Prepared By:

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
Valuation Advisory Services
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019


February 10, 1995



Equitable Real Estate Shopping Centers L.P.
3 World Financial Center, 29th Floor
New York, New York  10013

Re:	Limited Appraisal of Real Property
	Brookdale Center
	N/E/C of Routes 100 and 152
	Brooklyn Center
	Hennepin County, Minnesota

Gentlemen:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement,
Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. is pleased to transmit our report estimating the
market value of the leased fee estate in the referenced real property.

As specified in the Letter of Engagement, the value opinion reported below is
qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and
definitions, which are set forth in the report.

At the time of our inspection, we were advised that Dayton Hudson announced
plans to acquire eight Twin Cities Carson Pirie Scott stores including the
store at Brookdale Mall.  The sale is expected to close by March 1995 at which
time Dayton's will convert the store to a Mervyn's.  Our valuation assumes that
this conversion will occur in an orderly fashion with minimal or no downtime
between the transformation.

This report was prepared for Equitable Real Estate Shopping Center L.P.
("Client") and it is intended only for the specified use of the Client. It may
not be distributed to or relied upon by other persons or entities without
written permission of the Appraiser.

The property was inspected by and the report was prepared by Richard W.
Latella, MAI.  Jay F. Booth provided significant assistance in the preparation
of the report and the cash flows contained herein.

This is a limited appraisal prepared in accordance with the Departure
Provision of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the
Appraisal Foundation.  The results of the appraisal are being conveyed in a
Summary report according to our agreement.  By mutual agreement, this limited
appraisal contains something less than the work required by the specific
guidelines of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.  In
this case, the Cost Approach, which might have been appropriate to this
appraisal, has not been developed.  We have relied upon the Sales Comparison
and Income Approaches as being particularly relevant to the appraisal of this
property.  Furthermore, we are providing this report as an update to our last
analysis which was prepared as of January 1, 1994.  As such, we have primarily
reported only changes to the property and its environs over the past year.

As a result of our analysis, we have formed an opinion that the market value of
the leased fee estate in the referenced property, subject to the assumptions,
limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, as of January 1, 1995,
was:

        THIRTY FIVE MILLION DOLLARS $35,000,000

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the report,
which contains the text, exhibits, and an Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

Richard W. Latella, MAI Senior Director Retail Valuation Group


Jay F. Booth Valuation Advisory Services



SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS AND CONCLUSIONS


Property Name:	Brookdale Center

Location:                       N/E/C of Routes 100 and 152
				Brooklyn Center
				Hennepin County, Minnesota

Assessor's Parcel Numbers:      A complete listing of the various parcel
numbers is contained in the Real Property Taxes and Assessments section of this
report.

Interest Appraised:             Leased Fee Estate

Date of Value:                  January 1, 1995

Date of Inspection:             January 19, 1995

Ownership:                      Equitable Real Estate Shopping Center, L.P.

Land Area:
                                Owned by Partnership:   58.02 Acres
                                Owned by Anchors:       30.00 Acres
                                Total:                  88.02 Acres
	
Zoning:                         C2, Commercial District

Highest and Best Use
        If Vacant:              Retail use built to its maximum feasible FAR

        As Improved:            Continued retail use as a super-regional
                                shopping center.

Improvements
        Type:                   Single story super-regional mall with two-level
                                department stores.

        Year Built
            Original Construction        1962
            3rd Dept. Store (Dayton's)
            and Mall Shop Expansion      1966
            4th Dept. Store
            (Carson Pirie Scott)         1967
            Retenanting & Refurbishing   1970
            Retenanting & Refurbishing   1983
            Kohl's                       1988
            Carson Throat Take Back      1994

        Type of Construction:            Steel frame and masonry exterior
                                         facility.

	GLA Summary *
		Owned GLA	
			Mall Shops	196,395 SF
                        Kiosks          5,166 SF
		Total Owned Mall GLA	201,561 SF

                Non-Owned Anchor Store
                Space
                        Sears           180,669 SF
			Dayton's	195,368 SF
                        Carson Pirie
                        Scott **        140,336 SF
			JC Penney ***	140,320 SF
                        Kohl's ***       75,000 SF
		Total Anchor Area	731,709 SF
                Anchor Owned TBA Stores  48,958 SF
		Total Non-Owned Space	780,667 SF

        Total Occupancy Area            982,228 SF

	* Primary space only (excludes secondary storage space).
	** To be converted to  Mervyn's.
	*** The land under the JC Penney and Kohl's is owned by
	the partnership and leased to anchors.


Operating Data and Forecasts
	Current Vacant Space	41,681 square feet

        Current Occupancy Level 79.3% based on mall GLA (inclusive of
                                pre-committed tenants); 95.8% overall.

        Forecasted Stabilized
        Occupancy (Mall Shops): 94% (exclusive of downtime provisions)

        Forecasted Date of
        Stabilized Occupancy:   January 1, 1998

        Operating Expenses
        1995:                   $5,867,582
				($29.11/SF of owned GLA of 201,561 SF)
Value Indicators
        Cost Approach:          N/A

        Sales Comparison
        Approach:               $33,900,000 to $36,400,000

	Income Approach
           Direct
           Capitalization:      $37,000,000
           Discounted Cash
           Flow:                $34,000,000

Investment Assumptions
	Rental Growth Rate:	1995-1996	Flat
				1997	+1.0%
				1998	+2.0%
				1999	+3.0%
				2000-2004	+3.5%
        Expense Growth Rate
         (General):             1995-2004       +4.0%
	Tax Growth Rate:	1995-2004	+5.0%
	Sales Growth Rate:	1995	-  1.5%
				1996	+0.0%
				1997	+2.0%
				1998	+3.0%
				1999-2004	+3.5%
        Other Income            1995-2004       +3.0%
        Tenant Improvements-
         New Tenant:            $10.00/SF
        Tenant Improvements-
         Renewing Tenants:      $ 1.00/SF
        Vacancy between
         Tenants:               6 months
	Renewal Probability:	70%
	Terminal Overall Rate:	9.75%
        Cost of Sale at
         Reversion:             2%
        Discount Rate:          12.75%

Value Conclusion:               $35,000,000

Exposure Time Implicit in Value
Conclusion:                     Not more than 12 months

Resulting Indicators
	Going-In Overall Rate:	11.43%
        Price Per Square Foot
        of Owned (Mall Shop)
        GLA:                    $173.64

Special Risk Factors

1.      At the time of our inspection, we were advised that Dayton Hudson
        announced plans to acquire eight Twin Cities Carson Pirie Scott stores
        including the store at Brookdale Mall.  The sale is expected to close
        by March 1995 at which time Dayton's will convert the store to a
        Mervyn's.  Our valuation assumes that this conversion will occur in an
        orderly fashion with minimal or no downtime between the transformation.

Special Assumptions

1.      Throughout this analysis we have relied on information provided by
        ownership and management which we assume to be accurate.  We have been
        provided with summary information only for new leases in the form of a
        rent roll or lease abstracts.  We have not been provided with actual
        lease documents. Negotiations are currently underway with additional
        mall tenants that will enhance the mall's overall appeal and
        merchandising strategy.  In addition, we are advised that a few
        existing tenants will be leaving the mall as a result of parent company
        bankruptcies and remerchandising efforts.  All tenant specific
        assumptions are identified within the body of this report.

2.      Our cash flow analysis and valuation has recognized that all signed as
        well as any pending leases with a high probability of being consummated
        are implemented according to the terms presented to us by General
        Growth Management.  Such leases are identified within the body of this
        report.

3.      Dayton Hudson's operating covenant expires in 1996.  Management has
        been negotiating with Dayton's to extend the agreement.  We have made a
        financial contingency in our cash flow assumptions as compensation to
        Dayton's to induce them to extend the agreement.  Should Dayton's
        vacate the mall, it would have a severe impact on the property.

4.      During 1990, the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) was passed by
        Congress.  This is Civil Rights legislation which, among other things,
        provides for equal access to public placed for disabled persons.  It
        applied to existing structures as of January 1992 and new construction
        as of January 1993. Virtually all landlords of commercial facilities
        and tenants engaged in business that serve the public have compliance
        obligations under this law. While we are not experts in this field, our
        understanding of the law is that it is broad-based, and most existing
        commercial facilities are not in full compliance because they were
        designed and built prior to enactment of the law. We noticed no
        additional "readily achievable barrier removal" problems but we
        recommend a compliance study be performed by qualified personnel to
        determine the extent of non-compliance and cost to cure.

We understand that, for an existing structure like the subject, compliance can
be accomplished in stages as all or portions of the building are periodically
renovated.  The maximum required cost associated with compliance-related
changes is 20 percent of total renovation cost.  A prudent owner would likely
include compliance-related charges in periodic future common area and tenant
area retrofit.  We consider this in our future projections of capital
expenditures and retrofit allowance costs to the landlord.

At this time, most buyers do not appear to be reflecting future ADA compliance
costs for existing structures in their overall rate or price per square foot
decisions.  This is recent legislation and many market participants are not yet
fully aware of its consequences.  We believe that over the next one to two
years, it will become more of a value consideration.  It is important to
realize that ADA is a Civil Rights law, not a building code.  Its intent is to
allow disabled persons to participate fully in society and not intended to
cause undue hardship for tenants or building owners.

5.      We note that the asbestos has been identified in the property and
        ownership has initiated a program of removal as will be discussed in
        further detail herein.

6.      The forecasts of income, expenses and absorption of vacant space are
        not predictions of the future.  Rather, they are our best estimates of
        current market thinking on future income, expenses and demand.  We make
        no warranty or representation that these forecasts will materialize.

7.      Please refer to the complete list of assumptions and limiting
        conditions included at the end of this report.


PHOTOGRAPHS

(10 photographs of exterior and interior views of Brookdale Center Mall)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page

INTRODUCTION	
        Identification of Property                                      1
        Property Ownership and Recent History                           1-2
        Purpose and Function of the Appraisal                           2
        Extent of the Appraisal Process                                 2-3
        Departure from Specific Guidelines                              3
        Date of Value and Property Inspection                           3
        Property Rights Appraised                                       3
        Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised,
          and Other Pertinent Terms                                     4-5
        Legal Description                                               5

REGIONAL ANALYSIS                                                       6-14

NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSIS                                                   15-16

RETAIL MARKET ANALYSIS                                                  17-41

THE SUBJECT PROPERTY                                                    42-43

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS                                     44

ZONING                                                                  45

HIGHEST AND BEST USE                                                    46

VALUATION PROCESS                                                       47

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH                                               48-70

INCOME APPROACH                                                         71-124

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE ESTIMATE                                 125-127

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS                                     128-130

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL                                              131




ADDENDA
	OPERATING EXPENSE BUDGET AND FORECASTS
	TENANT SALES REPORT
	PRO-JECT LEASE ABSTRACT REPORT
	PRO-JECT PROLOGUE ASSUMPTIONS REPORT
	PRO-JECT TENANT REGISTER REPORT
	PRO-JECT LEASE EXPIRATION REPORT
	ENDS FULL DATA REPORT
	MALL LEASING PLAN
	CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD INVESTOR SURVEY
	APPRAISERS' QUALIFICATIONS
        PARTIAL CLIENT LIST

INTRODUCTION


Identification of Property
        Brookdale Center is a single level super-regional shopping mall located
        in the northwest quadrant of the Minneapolis MSA.  It contains 982,228
        square feet and is anchored by five department stores.  Brookdale was
        originally constructed in 1962 and included Sears and JC Penney with
        Dayton's being added in 1966.  In 1967, Donaldson's (now Carson Pirie
        Scott) was constructed as Brookdale became the nation's first enclosed
        four anchor mall.  As discussed, this store is expected to be converted
        to a Mervyn's over the next few months.  The fifth anchor was added as
        an outparcel in 1988.  Main Street department stores (a division of
        Federated) built a 75,000 square foot free-standing unit on leased
        land.  Later that year, Federated sold its Main Street division to
        Kohl's who continues to operate the store today.

        Brookdale Center is located immediately east of the intersection of
        County Road 10 and Brooklyn Boulevard (Route 152), adjacent to State
        Highway 100 and approximately five miles northwest of the Minneapolis
        Central Business District.  The area surrounding Brookdale is
        characterized by intensive retail development, making Brookdale a
        strong retail draw in the northwest quadrant of the MSA.

        Brookdale's market continues to experience growth with the three
        fastest growing suburbs in the Twin Cities in its target market  (Coon
        Rapids, Maple Grove, and Plymouth).  The center's dated appearance has
        made it increasingly difficult to compete with its three principle
        competitors, namely Ridgedale, Rosedale, and Northtown, all of which
        have undergone major renovations and/or expansions.  Brookdale is
        currently about 95.8 percent occupied with continuing plans for
        remerchandising and remodeling efforts.

Property Ownership and Recent History
        Fee title to the subject is held by Equitable Real Estate Shopping
Centers, L.P.  The partnership has owned the mall since acquiring it from the
Equitable Life Insurance Company in October, 1986.

Property Ownership and Recent History (cont'd.)
Carson's, Sears and Dayton's all own their own buildings and pads.  JC Penney
and Kohl's are both ground tenants.  JC Penney's ground lease is for a 50 year
term that expires on January 31, 2015.  They pay a base rent of $20,930 per
year.  Kohl's operates under a lease which expires January 31, 2010.  They pay
a base rent of $175,000 per year.  Both of the ground tenants also have
percentage rent clauses.  The operating covenant for Dayton's expires in 1996,
while Carson's and Sears run until 1999.  We have been advised that Dayton
Hudson has acquired the Carson Pirie Scott store.  It will be converted to a
Mervyn's store sometime during the spring of 1995.

Purpose and Function of the Appraisal
The purpose of this limited appraisal report is to estimate the market value of
the leased fee estate in the property, as of January 1, 1995.  Our analysis
reflects conditions prevailing as of that date.  Our last appraisal was
completed on January 1, 1994 and we have focused on changes to the property and
market conditions since that time.  The function of this appraisal is to
provide an independent valuation analysis to our client, which will be used to
monitor ownership's investment in the property.

Extent of the Appraisal Process
	In the process of preparing this appraisal, we:

        Inspected the exterior of the building and the site improvements and
        a representative sample of tenant spaces with Linda Smith, the mall
        manager.

        Interviewed representatives of the property management company,
        General Growth Management.

        Reviewed leasing policy, concessions, tenant build-out allowances
        and history of recent rental rates and occupancy with the mall manager.

        Reviewed a detailed history of income and expense and a budget
        forecast for 1995 including the budget for planned capital expenditures
        and repairs.

Extent of the Appraisal Process (cont'd.)
        Conducted market research of occupancies, asking rents, concessions
        and operating expenses at competing retail properties including
        interviews with on-site managers and a review of our own data base from
        previous appraisal files.

        Prepared a detailed discounted cash flow analysis for the purpose of
        discounting a forecasted net income stream to a present value.

        Conducted market inquiries into recent sales of similar regional
        malls to ascertain sales price per square foot, net income multipliers
        and capitalization rates.  This process involved telephone interviews
        with sellers, buyers and/or participating brokers.

        Prepared Sales Comparison and Income Approaches to value.

Departure from Specific Guidelines
This is a limited appraisal prepared in accordance with the Departure Provision
of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal
Foundation.  In this case, the Cost Approach, which might have been appropriate
to this appraisal, has not been developed.  Furthermore, the report primarily
addresses changes to the property and its environs over the past year and does
not provide a detailed discussion of these items.

By definition, a limited appraisal is considered to be less reliable than a
complete appraisal in that it does not contain all of the data and analysis
normally found in a complete appraisal.

Date of Value and Property Inspection
On January 19, 1995 Richard W. Latella, MAI inspected the subject property and
its environs.  Jay F. Booth did not inspect the property but provided
significant assistance in the preparation of the report and the cash flows.

Property Rights Appraised
Leased fee estate.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised, and Other Pertinent Terms
The definition of market value taken from the Uniform Standards of Professional
Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation, is as follows:

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open
market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller,
each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected
by undue stimulus.  Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale
as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under
conditions whereby:

	1.	Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
        2.      Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in
        what they consider their best interests;
        3.      A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
        4.      Payment is made in terms of cash in United States dollars or in
        terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
        5.      The price represents the normal consideration for the property
        sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions
        granted by anyone associated with the sale.

	Exposure Time
        Under Paragraph 3 of the definition of market value, the values
        estimate presumes that "a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in
        the open market."  Exposure time is defined as the estimated length of
        time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on
        the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the
        market value on the effective date of the appraisal.  Exposure time is
        presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

        Definitions of pertinent terms taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate
        Appraisal, Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute,
        are as follows:

	Leased Fee Estate
        An ownership interest held by a landlord with the rights of use and
        occupancy conveyed by lease to others.  The rights of the lessor (the
        leased fee owner) and the leased fee are specified by contract terms
        contained within the lease.

        Market Rent
        The rental income that a property would most probably command on the
        open market; indicated by the current rents paid and asked for
        comparable space as of the date of the appraisal.

        Definitions of other terms taken from various other sources are as
        follows:

	Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date
        Value of the property appraised in the condition observed upon
        inspection and as it physically and legally exists without hypothetical
        conditions, assumptions, or qualifications on the effective date of
        appraisal.

Legal Description
        A legal description is retained in our files.

(Map identifying major areas of development activity in Minneapolis/Saint Paul
area)


REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Introduction
The regional analysis section evaluates general demographic and economic trends
in the property's county to determine the outlook for the overall market and
industries based upon comparison of projected population and employment trends
with actual historical data.

The subject property is located in Brooklyn Center within the metropolitan area
of Minneapolis, Minnesota.  It is approximately 5 miles north of the
Minneapolis Central Business District.

Geographic Boundaries
Minnesota lies near the geographic center of North America and is the
northern-most state in the continental United States.  Minneapolis and St.
Paul, the state's capital, comprise the nucleus of the seven-county Twin Cities
metropolitan area.  The Twin Cities metropolitan area extends east to the
Wisconsin border and includes the following seven counties:  Hennepin, Ramsey,
Dakota, Anoka, Scott, Washington, and Carver.  The Twin Cities are one of the
primary financial, commercial, and industrial centers for the Upper Midwest and
have one of the finest educational and instructional systems in the country.

Transportation
Minneapolis is advantageously located in southeast  Minnesota at the head of
the Mississippi River and within close proximity to major interstate routes,
shipping passages and railroad service.  Minneapolis is strategically located
to serve a large midwest market with Omaha located 378 miles to the south,
Chicago 410 miles southeast; Milwaukee 337 miles southeast and Kansas City 443
miles south.  The Greater Minneapolis-St. Paul area's location and wide variety
of transportation options has enabled it to be an important transportation hub
of the midwest.

The Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area is accessible by several major
expressways and interstate highways.  Interstate 94 and Interstate 35 are the
two primary interstate highways serving the metropolitan area.  Interstate 94
travels east-west from the Wisconsin border, through the downtown area and
continues west towards St. Cloud.  Interstate 35 runs west and north-south
providing access from Duluth to Fairbult.  In addition, the three belt-line
freeways, Interstate 494, Interstate 694 and Interstate 394 facilitate travel
in and around the first and second ring suburbs.  Interstate 35 East runs
north-south providing transportation from Burnsville to Duluth.  Minnesota has
127,500 miles of street and highway, ranking it fifth in the nation in miles of
roadways.

Within the metropolitan area, commuter transportation is facilitated by the
Metropolitan Transit Commission (MTC), a public agency which owns and operates
the second largest bus system in the United States.  The MTC annually serves
over 70 million passengers in Minneapolis, St. Paul, and the surrounding
suburbs.  Five additional private operators provide bus route service to the
metropolitan area.

Due to its strategic location at the head of the Mississippi River, the Twin
Cities are the home of six barge lines and are served by over 72 barge
carriers.  The ports of Minneapolis and St. Paul handle more than eleven
million tons of waterborne commodities for domestic and foreign markets each
year.  The Twin Cities comprise the nation's seventh largest wholesale
distribution center and the third largest trucking distribution center, with
over 150 first class carriers.

The Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area is served by six railroad companies,
with the three dominant lines being Burlington Northern, Inc., Chicago and
Northwestern Transportation Company, and Soo Line Railroad (CP Rail System).
The six truck line railroads have over 5,400 miles of rail trackage.  Railroads
within the area provide service which is integrated with the national U.S.
railway system, as well as the Canadian national railway system.  Passenger
service is provided by Amtrak.

The Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport is the major airline gateway for
the Twin Cities and the Upper Midwest.

Population
The Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, located in the southeastern quadrant of
Minnesota, is home to over half of the state's population.  For perspective,
the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, as defined by Sales & Marketing Management,
includes eleven counties in Minnesota and two counties in Wisconsin.

The regional planning organization, the Metropolitan Council, has prepared
population estimates and projections for the area.  The historical and
projected population growth trends for the seven primary counties in the Twin
Cities metropolitan area are summarized in the following table.



                        Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
                  Population Statistics - 1980 Through 2000
                  _________________________________________
                                    Average                     Average
                         Estimated  Annual %       Projected    Annual %
County          1980       1993    Change 1980-93    2000    Change 1990-2000
_____________________________________________________________________________
Hennepin        941,411  1,051,426    0.9%         1,109,820      0.8%
  Minneapolis   370,951    367,924   -0.1%           370,500      0.1%
  Suburban      570,460    683,502    1.5%           739,320      1.2%
Anoka           195,998    261,814    2.6%           285,190      1.3%
Carver           37,046     52,758    3.3%            62,920      2.8%
Dakota          194,279    298,678    4.1%           346,130      2.3%
Ramsey          459,784    491,306    0.5%           504,110      0.4%
Scott            43,784     64,242    3.6%            77,410      2.9%
Washington      113,571    163,500    3.4%           180,180      1.5%
______________________________________________________________________________
Total         1,985,873  2,383,725    1.5%         2,565,760      1.1%
      
        Source:  U.S. Census and estimates of the Metropolitan Council
        ______________________________________________________________



        The population of the metropolitan area increased by a simple average
        annual rate of 1.5 percent between 1980 and 1993.  Dakota, Scott and
        Carver Counties, which geographically comprise the southern half of the
        metropolitan area, continue to lead the other counties in rate of
        population growth through 1993.  Population rate of growth in these
        counties will continue to lead the metro area through the year 2000.

        Currently, the population of the Twin Cities MSA comprises nearly 60
        percent of the total for the State of Minnesota.

        According to the Metropolitan Council, the metropolitan area is the
        12th fastest growing metro area in terms of population among the
        largest 25 in the United States.  However this rate of growth is
        expected to decrease slightly between 1993 and the year 2000, when
        population in the metropolitan area is projected to reach 2,566,000.
        As shown on the following table, the population in the area is also
        moving from the city toward the suburbs, as has been common among the
        nation's metropolitan areas.




                                TABLE B
                     Population Census and Forecast
                       Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
                (as a percentage of the total population)
                -----------------------------------------

County                  1980            1993*           2000*           2010*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hennepin:                47%             45%             43%            42%
   Minneapolis           19%             15%             14%            13%
   Suburban              29%             29%             29%            29%
Anoka                    10%             11%             11%            11%
Carver                    2%              2%              2%             3%
Dakota                   10%             13%             13%            14%
Ramsey                   23%             21%             20%            19%
Scott                     2%              3%              3%             3%
Washington                6%              7%              7%             8%
_____________________________________________________________________________

*  Estimated
Source:  U.S. Census and Metropolitan Council
_____________________________________________________________________________



        The preceding table shows a gradual shift of population outward from
        the city toward the suburbs.  The trend is projected to continue,
        although at a more moderate rate.  The collar counties of Anoka,
        Carver, Dakota, Scott and Washington increased their share of the
        regional population from 30 percent in 1980 to 36 percent in 1993.
        Their share of the population is expected to increase to 39 percent by
        the year 2010.  Dakota County is expected to increase its share of
        population.

        The population shift from the city to suburban areas, is common among
        most major cities located throughout the Great Lakes and Northeastern
        regions, and is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.
        Economic Base The Twin Cities economy, like most major metropolitan
        areas, began as a manufacturing center.  However, today the Twin
        Cities' economic base is less dependant on the manufacturing sector,
        and is distributed among many industry groups.  Table C summarizes the
        diversity of employment for the eleven county Twin Cities metropolitan
        area as of 1993.




                                TABLE C
                Nonagricultural Wage And Salary Employment
                 Eleven County Area:  1993 Annual Averages
                __________________________________________

        Industry Group          Employment          Percent Of Total
        ____________________________________________________________

Manufacturing                   258,700                  18.1%
Construction                     46,400                   3.2%
TCU*                             76,300                   5.3%
Trade                           339,600                  23.8%
FIRE                            104,400                   7.3%
Services                        408,200                  28.6%
Government                      194,700                  13.6%
____________________________________________________________________
   Total                      1,428,300                   100.0%
____________________________________________________________________

* Transportation, Communications & Utilities
  Source: WEFA
____________________________________________________________________



        Manufacturing employment in the Twin Cities has experienced a decline,
        reducing its share of the market from 23 percent in 1980 to 18 percent
        in 1993.  The greatest improvements were predictably in the services
        and trade industries which, combined, employed 52.4 percent of the
        labor market in 1993.

        Manufacturing had been the Twin Cities' major employer up to the early
        1980's, when employment in the trade and service industries matched
        that of manufacturing, and subsequently surpassed it.  The Twin Cities'
        service industries produced substantial growth in employment from 1980
        to 1993.  Employment growth during this time period generated 169,250
        new service jobs.  The most recent addition to the Twin Cities service
        sector is the 4.2 million square foot Mall of America located in
        Bloomington, Minnesota.<PAGE>
This $625 million retail/entertainment complex
        has created 11,000 new permanent jobs and has substantially boosted the
        tourism and service industries.  According to reports  published in the
        Twin Cities Star Tribune, 35.0 to 40.0 million visits were made to the
        Mall of America during its first year of operation.  During the
        forecast period from 1993 to 2000, the service industry in the Twin
        Cities is expected to continue to lead other employment sectors.

        The financial service sector is one of the growth prospects in
        Minneapolis.  After suffering financial difficulties during the early
        1980's, Norwest Corporation, for example, one of the region's largest
        banking companies, has broadened and strengthened its portfolio.
        Norwest is now one of the strongest banking corporations in the
        Midwest, continuing to expand through the purchase of regional banks.

        With over 1,300 technology intensive firms, this metropolitan area has
        one of the largest concentrations of high technology businesses in the
        nation.  It is the nation's largest producer of main frame computers
        and related equipment.  Despite the prominence of this sector, high
        tech industries in Minnesota, in general, have suffered in recent
        years.

        The computer has not been solely responsible for job losses in the
        manufacturing industries, defense related manufacturing has also had an
        effect on the local economy.  While Minnesota's expenditures have
        historically ranked high for defense related manufacturing, and
        research and development, governmental cuts have had an impact on this
        area of the local economy.

        In the Twin Cities area, health services are projected to add nearly
        2,000 jobs annually through 1996, while companies that provide services
        to other businesses will add another 3,000 new jobs each year to the
        local employment base.  The Twin Cities will remain a center for
        professional sports, the arts and other forms of recreation and
        cultural activities, providing new jobs in these fields.  A number of
        native american tribal casinos have been constructed in both the
        metropolitan area and statewide since 1989.  Employment in this part of
        the entertainment industry has expanded rapidly since 1989, and is
        expected to be a continued source of new employment opportunities in
        the foreseeable future.

        Seventeen Fortune 500 industrial firms are headquartered in the
        metropolitan area in 1994.  Some of the nation's largest service firms
        and private firms are also located in Minneapolis/St. Paul.  The
        presence of these firms is generally indicative of the strength of the
        local support network and outlook for the business client.

        Unemployment

        The region's unemployment rate, according to the Metropolitan Council,
        has historically outperformed the state and national rates.  As of
        September, 1994, the region's unemployment rate was 3.3 percent, well
        below the U.S. average rate of 5.6 percent.  The selected average
        annual unemployment rates for the seven-county metropolitan area are
        summarized below in Table D.




                                   TABLE D
                 Selected Average Annual Unemployment Rate
                  Seven County Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
                 ___________________________________________

      Year                      TCMA                    U.S.
____________________________________________________________
      1982                      4.2%                    6.4%
      1986                      3.4%                    7.2%
      1988                      4.1%                    8.1%
      1989                      4.1%                    5.4%
      1990                      4.0%                    5.5%
      1991                      4.4%                    6.7%
      1992                      4.4%                    7.4%
      1993                      4.2%                    6.8%
Sept. 1994                      3.3%                    5.6%
____________________________________________________________

Source: Minnesota Dept. of Economic Security
____________________________________________________________



Income
        Greater Minneapolis-St. Paul's residents are slightly more affluent
        than those of the Minnesota.  The MSA's 1993 median household Effective
        Buying Income (EBI) of $41,594 ranked 29th among the nation's largest
        316 metropolitan statistical areas, according to Sales and Marketing
        Management's 1994 Survey of Buying Power.  The median EBI for the top
        316 MSAs in 1993 was $37,358.  For the State of Minnesota, the
        comparable number was $35,731.

        The distribution of incomes over the last four years in the
        Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area is illustrated on the following
        page.




                Minneapolis-St. Paul MSA Median Household Income
                                 1989-1992
                ________________________________________________

Year $10,000 to $19,999 $20,000 to $34,999 $35,000 to $46,999 $50,000 and Over
______________________________________________________________________________

1989        17.1%                25.5%             21.3%             24.3%
1990        16.4%                24.6%             21.4%             26.5%
1991        13.4%                24.2%             23.1%             31.0%
1992        12.7%                22.7%             22.5%             34.2%
1993        12.0%                20.9%             21.8%             37.9%
______________________________________________________________________________

Source:	Sales and Marketing Management's Survey of Buying Power, 1990-1994
______________________________________________________________________________

       
        As can be seen from the chart above, the number of households with an
        EBI over $50,000 per year has increased since 1989 while the number of
        households with EBIs between $10,000 and $20,000 has decreased during
        the same time period.  This growth trend is forecasted to continue.

        According to Equifax National Decision Systems (ENDS), the MSA is
        decidedly more affluent than the state as a whole as is shown below.
        All data is through 1994.

_____________________________________________________________________________
                              Minneapolis MSA              State of Minnesota
_____________________________________________________________________________

Average Household Income         $53,276                          $45,260

Median Household Income          $42,647                          $35,095

Per Capita Income                $20,835                          $17,799
_____________________________________________________________________________



Culture and Education

        Minnesota has developed excellent primary and secondary educational
        systems which rank among the nation's highest in percent of graduating
        high school seniors.  Minnesota also has consistently been in the top
        ten states in percent of population with college degrees.  There are
        twenty-five colleges and universities in the Twin Cities Metropolitan
        Area, including the University of Minnesota with about 45,000 full time
        students.  About 39 percent of the Minnesota tax dollar is spent on
        educational support.

        Cultural facilities include several dozen theaters, the famous Tyrone
        Guthrie Theater, a science museum, two art museums, the well known
        Minnesota Symphony Orchestra and the Ordway Music Theater.

Conclusion

        The Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area remains a vital place of
        business.  The outlook for the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area
        is generally positive.  While population has increased over the past
        decade, the projection figures reflect additional gains over the next
        five years at reasonably good levels.  In addition, continued gains in
        median household income and a diversified economy support the relative
        stability of the area.  Disposal personal income has grown by 4.9
        annually since 1985 which has been in excess of the inflation rate.
        Overall, employment levels have been improving and the area enjoys a
        low cost of living.  The diversified employment base has enabled the
        greater Minneapolis-St. Paul area to remain competitive on a national
        level.

        As we foresee a modest short term economic growth condition, it is our
        opinion that the long-term prospect for net appreciation in commercial
        and residential real estate values remains good.  Minneapolis-St. Paul
        should be able to sustain and continue growth in the future while
        remaining desirable to the major industries and maintaining a strong
        labor force.



        NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSIS

        Brookdale Center is located immediately east of the intersection of
        County Road 10 and Brooklyn Boulevard (Route 152), adjacent to State
        Highway 100, and about five miles northwest of the Minneapolis Central
        Business District.  There is intensive retail development along County
        Road 10, Brooklyn Boulevard, Xerxes Avenue, and Shingle Creek Parkway,
        which are the major streets in this area.  The surrounding neighborhood
        is predominantly single-family residential in character.  The primary
        growth period of this area occurred prior to 1970.  On balance,
        Brooklyn Center is a mature, relatively attractive community.  While
        many of its residents are employed in downtown Minneapolis and its
        environs, Brooklyn Center is an employment center in its own right.

        Brookdale Center is bounded by State Highway 100 to the southeast, a
        four-lane, limited access thoroughfare with interchanges at County Road
        10 and Brooklyn Boulevard.  Beyond State Highway 100, there lies a
        residential area.  Directly north of the subject, across County Road
        10, are commercial properties including bank branch offices, a
        seven-story multi-tenant office building, and automobile dealerships.

        Directly west, across Xerxes Avenue, are several community and
        neighborhood centers including Brookdale Square, Brookview Plaza and
        Brookdale Court.  There are also numerous free-standing "big box"
        retailers in the neighborhood.  New construction includes Circuit City
        which took over the former Childrens Place and Office Depot which
        opened in December 1994.

        Access to Brooklyn Center is excellent.  It is adjacent to Highway 100,
        a limited access freeway with interchanges at Brooklyn Boulevard and
        Route 10.  Highway 100 connects with Interstate 94/694 one mile
        northeast, a major east/west route.  Brooklyn Boulevard is a major
        four-lane thoroughfare located only one-fourth mile west of Brooklyn
        Center.  Xerxes Avenue is a four-lane street that serves as a perimeter
        roadway for the mall as well as providing secondary access for the
        commercial properties along the east side of Brooklyn Boulevard.  Route
        10 (also known as Bass Lake Road and 57th Avenue) is a four-lane,
        east/west thoroughfare.  There are two access driveways each from
        Xerxes Avenue and Route 10; those on Xerxes are stop sign-controlled;
        those on Route 10 are traffic-signal controlled.<PAGE>
     We are advised
        that negative press as of late citing changing demographics,
        deterioration of the immediate area and safety issues has impacted
        consumers' perception of the subject and its environs.  Nonetheless,
        our observations indicate that there has been some new construction and
        investment in the market.  We are advised that residential values have
        been relatively stable.  Our demographic survey shows that the primary
        market area for the subject is expected to see moderate population,
        household and income growth.  As such, we remain cautiously optimistic
        about the outlook for the immediate area.


        RETAIL MARKET ANALYSIS

National Retail Overview

        Regional and super-regional shopping centers constitute the major form
        of retail activity in the United States today.  It is estimated that
        consumer spending accounts for about two-thirds of all economic
        activity in the United States.  As such, retail sales patterns have
        become an important indicator of the country's economic health.

        During the period 1980 through 1993, total retail sales in the United
        States increased at a compound annual rate of 5.74 percent.  Data for
        the period 1990 through 1993 shows that sales growth has slowed to an
        annual average of 4.75 percent.  November 1994 sales (advance estimate)
        are up nearly 7 percent over November 1993.  This information is
        summarized below.




                                Total U.S. Retail Sales *
                                _________________________

                        Year                         Amount (Billions)
                        ______________________________________________

                        1980                            $  793,300
                        1985                            $1,072,400
                        1990                            $1,425,200
                        1991                            $1,447,000
                        1992                            $1,564,356
                        1993                            $1,638,202
                        ______________________________________________

                Compound Annual Growth                   + 5.74%
                     1980-1993
                CAG: 1990 - 1993                         + 4.75%
                   November 1993                      $  137,825
                  November 1994 **                    $  147,409
                                                        (+6.95%)
________________________________________________________________
*       Excludes Automotive Group
**      Advance Estimate
________________________________________________________________

Source: Monthly Retail Trade Reports Business Division, Bureau of the Census,
U.S. Department of Commerce.
____________________________________________________________________________


Economic Trends

        The early part of the 1990s was a time of economic stagnation and
        uncertainty in the country.  The gradual recovery, which began as the
        nation crept out of the last recession, continues to gain strength.
        But as the recovery period reaches into its third year, speculation
        regarding the nation's economic future remains.  Global economic
        troubles continue to impact the country's slow economic growth trends.

        Post recessionary trends offer important insight to this analysis,
        particularly consumer behavior.  In 1992, after an erratic year for
        retail sales, the nation's leading chains reported stunningly strong
        sales in December, their best holiday season since 1988.  Although the
        first half of the year had seen little growth in sales, year end 1992
        retail sales (exclusive of automobile sales) were up by 4.5 percent
        over 1991.  Clearly, the importance of the Christmas selling season is
        underscored by the fact that some retailers generate up to 60.0 percent
        of sales and profits during the last quarter of the year.

        The first half of 1993 was characterized by consumers demonstrating a
        willingness to spend more money in retail stores, but more often in
        department stores than in apparel shops.  Retail sales climbed 5.6
        percent in June 1993 as recorded by a Salomon Brothers monthly index
        that measures sales of 22 major retailers at stores open at least one
        year.  In June 1992, this same-store growth index was up 3.8 percent.
        By and large, leading department stores showed greater gains than
        apparel chains.  The figures suggested the possibility of a stronger
        second half of the year.  Some analysts predicted that sales would
        pick-up as the overall economy improved, causing buyers to spend more,
        particularly in anticipation of higher taxes in 1994.  For the year,
        total retail sales (exclusive of automobiles) were up by 4.72 percent
        in 1993.

        Americans' personal incomes and spending increased in 1993 at rates
        that economists saw as harbingers of a healthy expansion for 1994.
        Some of the lowest interest rates in two decades spurred new home
        construction which resulted in increased demand for such household
        goods as appliances and furniture.  The housing market accounts for a
        significant portion of the gross domestic product.  The Commerce
        Department reported that earnings rose 4.7 percent in 1993, helped by a
        0.6 percent increase in December.  The yearly figure was nearly double
        the 2.7 percent rise in inflation.  Consumer spending rose 6.1 percent,
        the biggest increase since a 6.8 percent gain in 1990.  As suggested,
        consumer spending represents two-thirds of the nation's economic
        activity.

        Year end 1994 results show that while the holiday season may have been
        disappointing to certain merchants, especially apparel retailers, who
        were forced to cut prices and profits, total consumer spending rose by
        5.7 percent from 1993 when it rose 5.8 percent.  Although this was the
        smallest rise since 1991 when it rose 3.8 percent, it was still a
        respectable finish.  Much of this optimism is being fueled by low
        unemployment and bolstered consumer confidence.  During 1994
        approximately 3.5 million jobs were created.  One very significant
        bright spot in the economy is automobile sales which are running near
        record levels.

        According to the Commerce Department, per capita income rose 3.2
        percent to $20,781 nationwide in 1993.  This was down from 4.9 percent
        growth in 1992 but above the 2.8 percent growth in 1991.  Income growth
        varied dramatically from no growth in North Dakota to 6.3 percent in
        Montana which was largely fuelled by a housing boom which boosted
        lumber prices.  Connecticut continued to enjoy the highest per capita
        income at $27,957, while Mississippi ($14,708) was the lowest.

        Fresh signs of persistent economic vigor were in evidence through
        September 1994 as the government published upbeat reports on housing
        and employment.  The Departments of Commerce and Housing and Urban
        Development reported that sales of new single-family homes climbed 9.7
        percent in August over the previous year.  While the increase was
        spread across all four regions, it was strongest in the northeast.  The
        median new home price was $134,000, up from $125,000 in July.

        First time claims for unemployment benefits fell by 11,000 to 310,000
        at the end of September.  This fits a pattern of recent improvement in
        the employment rates.  However, inflation fears persist due to an
        economy which may be growing too quickly.  In reaction, the bond
        markets have skidded with long term treasuries pushing 8.0 percent for
        the first time in two and one half years as investors have become wary
        of higher inflation.

        Personal income jumped by .8 percent in December 1994 after a 1 percent
        dip in November and registered the biggest gain in four years for all
        of 1994.  The increase in income was more than enough to offset the
        rise in spending as the personal savings rate increased.  The savings
        rate, a figure watched widely by economists that shows savings as a
        percentage of disposable income, rose to 4.8 percent in December 1994
        from 4.3 percent in November.

        The report on the gross domestic product (GDP) showed that output for
        goods and services expanded at an annual rate of 4.5 percent in the
        fourth quarter of 1994.  Overall, the economy gained 4 percent in 1994,
        the strongest rate in ten years when it was 6.2 percent in 1984.  The
        data also implies that vigorous growth may continue, and possibly
        accelerate, before higher interest rates take their toll on the economy
        in 1995.  Most economists predict a slowdown with annual growth in the
        3.0 to 3.5 percent range.  In a separate government report, American
        industry was operating at 84.6 percent of capacity in October, the
        highest rate since 1989.  A utilization rate above 85 percent or so is
        considered to be in danger of accelerating inflation.


Retail Sales

        In their recent publication, The Scope of the Shopping Center Industry
        in the United States - 1994, The International Council of Shopping
        Centers reports that overall retail conditions continued to improve for
        the third consecutive year in 1993.  Total shopping center sales
        increased 5.5 percent to $830.2 billion in 1993, up from $787.2 billion
        in 1992.  The comparable 1992 increase was 5.3 percent.  Retail sales
        in shopping centers (excluding automotive and gasoline service station
        sales) now account for about 55.0 percent of total retail sales in the
        United States.

        Total retail sales per square foot have shown positive increases over
        the past three years, rising by 4.8 percent from approximately $165 per
        square foot in 1990, to $173 per square foot in 1993.  It is noted that
        the increase in productivity has slightly exceeded the increase in
        inventory which bodes well for the industry in general.  This data is
        summarized on the following table.

        

                         Selected Shopping Center Statistics
                                     1990-1993
                         ___________________________________


                                                                %     Compound
                                                              Change   Annual
                1990        1991        1992        1993     1990-93   Growth
_____________________________________________________________________________

Retail Sales
in Shopping
Centers *      $727.7      $747.8      $787.2      $830.2     14.1%    4.49%

Total
Leasable
Area **           4.4         4.6         4.7         4.8      9.1%    2.94%

Unit Rate      $165        $163.0      $167.0      $173.0      4.8%    1.59%
_____________________________________________________________________________
*	Billions of Dollars
**	Billions of Square Feet
_____________________________________________________________________________
Source: International Council of Shopping Centers.  The Scope of the Shopping
Center Industry in the United States - 1994.



As a whole, 1993 was a good year for most of the nation's major retailers.
Sales for the month of December were up for most, however, the increase ranged
dramatically from 1.1 percent at Kmart to 13.3 percent at Sears for stores open
at least a year.  It is noted that the Sears turnaround after years of slippage
was unpredicted by most forecasters.  Unfortunately, for most full service
retailers, margins had been impacted by aggressive price cutting and promotions
as consumers have become more value conscious.  For the year, however, 1994 has
offered mixed results.  Data through the first quarter of 1994 had shown that
sales in March surged in comparison to the setback in January which was
attributed to poor weather.  Many of the nation's largest retailers have
reported double-digit sales gains, lead by Sears (16.8 percent) and Wal-Mart
(15.0 percent).  Salomon Brothers said its retail index rose 11.1 percent in
March, the biggest one month jump since 1991.  By comparison, the

1993 index rose 3.7 percent.  Data through the first half of 1994 shows that
sales have continued their improving trend; however, sales through the third
quarter slowed below most retailers' expectations.  The Salomon Brothers index
showed that retail sales in September grew 3.9 percent from the month a year
earlier.  The comparable September 1993 figure was 5.6 percent.  While
September is traditionally a slow month, most retailers blamed the slow results
on weather.  With December results recently in, most retailers posted same
store gains of between 2 and 6 percent.  Sears was the exception with an
increase of 7.9 percent.  The Goldman Sachs Retail Composite Comparable Store
Sales Index, a weighted average of monthly same store sales of 52 national
retail companies rose 4.5 percent in December.  The weakest sales have been in
womens' apparel with the strongest sales reported for items such as jewelry and
hard goods.  Most department store companies reported moderate increases in
same store sales, though largely as a result of aggressive markdowns.  Thus,
profits are expected to be negatively affected for many companies.

Provided on the following chart is a summary of overall and same store sales
for selected national merchants for December 1994, the most recent month
available.


             Same Store Sales for the Month of December, 1994
             ________________________________________________

                                    % Change From Previous Year
                                    ___________________________

        Name of Retailer          Overall          Same Store Basis
        ___________________________________________________________

        Wal-Mart                  +21.6%                + 6.8%
        Kmart                     + 1.6%                + 3.0%
        Sears, Roebuck & Co.      + 8.0%                + 7.9%
        J.C. Penney               + 5.3%                + 5.4%
        Dayton Hudson Corp.       + 9.6%                + 3.7%
        May Department Stores     + 8.3%                + 5.5%
        Federated Dept. Stores      N/A                 + 2.2%
        The Limited Inc.          + 5.6%                - 4.0%
        Gap Inc.                  +12.0%                + 0.0%
        Dillard's                 + 7.7%                + 5.0%
        ___________________________________________________________

        Source: New York Times, January 6, 1995
        ___________________________________________________________



        Some analysts point to the fact that consumer confidence has resulted
        in increases in personal debt which may be troublesome in the long run.
        Consumer loans by banks rose 14.4 percent in the twelve months that
        ended on September 30th.  Credit card billings have jumped 25 percent
        in the last twelve months.  But data gathered by the Federal Reserve on
        monthly payments suggest that debt payments are not taking as big a
        bite out of income as in the late 1980s, largely because of the record
        refinancings at lower interest rates in recent years and the efforts by
        many Americans to repay debts.  The ratio of payments to income now
        stands around 15.9 percent, roughly what it was in the mid-1980s, and
        considerably below the 17.9 percent of 1989.


Department Store Chains

        The continued strengthening of some of the major department store
        chains, including Sears, Federated/Macy's, May and Dayton Hudson, is in
        direct contrast to the dire predictions made by analysts about the
        demise of the traditional department store industry.  This has
        undoubtedly been brought about by the heightened level of merger and
        acquisition activity in the 1980s which produced a burdensome debt
        structure among many of these entities.  When coupled with reduced
        sales and cash flow brought on by the recession, department stores were
        unable to meet their debt service requirements.  Following a round of
        bankruptcies and restructurings, the industry has responded with
        aggressive cost cutting measures and a focused merchandising program
        that is decidedly more responsive to consumer buying patterns.  The
        importance of department stores to mall properties is tantamount to a
        successful project since the department store is still the principal
        attraction that brings patrons to the

        
Industry Trends

        Since 1990, total U.S. shopping center GLA has increased by 400 million
        square feet, a 9.1 percent increase or 2.9 percent growth per annum.
        This change has outpaced annual population growth.  In 1990 the total
        per capita GLA was 17.7 square feet.  By 1993, this figure advanced to
        18.5 square feet per person.  According to the National Research
        Bureau, there were a total of 39,633 shopping centers in the United
        States in 1993, an increase of 1.7 percent from 38,966 shopping centers
        in 1992.

        The total leasable area of U.S. Shopping Centers increased by 2.1
        percent in 1993 to 4.77 billion square feet.  As would be expected,
        construction of new centers has dropped from a high of 91.8 million
        square feet (979 centers with a contract value of $5.9 billion) in
        1990, to 42.8 million square feet in 1993.  According to F.W. Dodge,
        the construction information division of McGraw-Hill, 451 new shopping
        centers were started in 1993.  These new projects generated $2.7
        billion in construction contract awards and supported 43,700 jobs in
        the construction trade and related industries.  This is nearly half of
        the construction employment level of 95,360 for new shopping center
        development in 1990.  It is estimated that 10.044 million people are
        now employed in shopping centers, equal to about one of every nine
        non-farm workers in the country.  This is up 2.2 percent over 1992.

        On balance, 1993 was a period of transition for the retail industry.
        Major retailers achieved varying degrees of success in meeting the
        demands of increasingly value conscious shoppers.  Since the onset of
        the national economic recession in mid-1990, the retail market has been
        characterized by intense price competition and continued pressure on
        profit margins.  Many national and regional retail chains have
        consolidated operations, closed underperforming stores, and/or scaled
        back on expansion plans due to the uncertain spending patterns of
        consumers.  The consolidations and mergers have produced a more limited
        number of retail operators, which have responded to changing spending
        patterns by aggressively repositioning themselves within this evolving
        market.  Much of the current retail construction activity involves the
        conversion of existing older retail centers into power center formats,
        either by retenanting or through expansion.  An additional area of
        growth in the retail sector is in the "supercenter" category, which
        consists of the combined grocery and department stores being developed
        by such companies as Wal-Mart and Kmart.  These formats require
        approximately 150,000 to 180,000 square feet in order to carry the
        depth of merchandise necessary for such economies of scale and market
        penetration.


Market Shifts


        During the 1980s, the department store and specialty apparel store
        industries competed in a tug of war for the consumer's dollar.
        Specialty stores emerged largely victorious as department store sales
        steadily declined as a percentage of total GAFO sales during the
        decade, slipping from 47.0 percent in 1979 to 44.0 percent in 1989.
        During this period, many anchor tenants teetered from high debt levels
        incurred during speculative takeovers and leveraged buyouts of the
        1980s.  However, bankruptcies and restructuring forced major chains to
        refocus on their customer and shed unproductive stores and product
        lines.  As a result, department store sales as a percentage of GAFO
        sales rebounded sharply in the early 1990s.  In fact, by year-end 1993,
        department store share of GAFO sales had climbed back above 46.0
        percent, its highest level since 1979.

        Despite the proliferation of non-store retailers (catalog shopping)
        during the 1980s, general merchandise, apparel, furniture and other
        store (GAFO) sales, generally considered to be a proxy for mall store
        sales, actually increased steadily during the decade.  As a percentage
        of total retail sales (excluding automobiles), GAFO sales rose to
        approximately 35.0 percent by year-end 1993 from 29.0 percent in 1980.

        During the period 1985 to 1991, regional mall market share of total
        shopping center expenditures declined from 30.0 to 24.0 percent
        according to a recent study by Salomon Brothers.  This is attributed to
        the faster pace of new construction related to neighborhood, community,
        and power centers nationally.  The most notable increase in market
        share has come from growth in community centers which are typically
        anchored by discounters such as Wal-Mart, Target, and Kmart as shown on
        the following table.


                        Market Share of Shopping Centers
                                by Property Type
                        ____________________________________

                        Type            1985           1991
                ____________________________________________
                Neighborhood Centers    38.0%          37.0%
                 Community Centers      31.0%          37.0%
                  Regional Malls        30.2%          24.0%
                  Power Centers           .8%           2.0%
                ____________________________________________

Source: National Research Bureau, International Council of Shopping Centers,
Salomon Brothers
                

This repositioning of retail product has been a direct response to
changing consumer preferences.  Both regional and super-regional
shopping center completions have declined by approximately 66.0 percent
from their 1989 peaks, implying that positive net absorption should
result as the economy improves.


Outlook

        Many analysts remain bullish with respect to the department store
industry which appears well prepared to take a competitive stance against the
major discounters and "category killers" in the second half of the decade.
Sears and JC Penney have undergone major restructurings and have seen
comparable store sales growth of 7.9 and 5.4 percent, respectively.  The May
Company  has focused on consolidating operations in order to strengthen its
buying power and lower expenses.  They also expect to embark on an aggressive
expansion program that will expand 55 existing stores and add approximately 100
new stores by 1998.  Dillard's is often cited as an efficient operator and they
continue to expand into new markets with both new store construction and
selective acquisitions.  Macy's recent merger with Federated has received wide
acclaim as the two have formed one of the nation's largest department store
companies with over 300 units and annual sales of over $13.0 billion.

Nonetheless,competition among retailers of all types will remain intense.  The
consumer stands to benefit from this price competition assuming real increases
in purchasing power can be maintained.

        The WEFA Group, an economic consulting company, projects that potential
        growth of the economy will slow moderately over the long-term.  This
        will have a direct influence on consumption (consumer expenditures) and
        overall inflation rates (CPI).

        The outlook for inflation faces a great deal of uncertainty in the long
        run.  Inflation has decelerated over the past year due primarily to
        slow rises in crude material prices which, in turn, have been reflected
        in slower rises in producer prices for finished goods.  Inflation (as
        measured by the CPI-Urban) has increased at an annual average rate of
        3.7 percent since 1982.  This is in stark contrast to the average
        performance of 8.4 percent per year between 1971 and 1981.  The Bureau
        of Labor Statistics has reported that consumer prices rose by only 2.7
        percent in 1994, the fourth consecutive year in which inflation was
        under 3 percent.  Apart from the volatile food and energy sectors, the
        core inflation rate was only 2.6 percent in 1994, the lowest rate since
        1965.  The WEFA Group projects that inflation rates will stabilize at
        an annual rate near 3.5 percent in the long term.

        Consumption expenditures are primarily predicated on the growth of real
permanent income, demographic influences, and changes in relative prices in the
long term.  Changes in these key variables explain much of the consumer
spending patterns of the 1970s and mid-1980s, a period during which baby
boomers were reaching the asset acquisition stages of their lives; purchasing
automobiles and other consumer and household durables.  Increases in real
disposable income supported this spending spurt with an average annual increase
of 2.9 percent per year over the past twenty years.  Real consumption
expenditures increased at an average annual rate of 3.1 percent during the
1970s and by an average of 4.0 percent from 1983 to 1988.  WEFA projects that
consumption expenditure growth will slow to 2.0 percent per year by 2003 as a
result of slower population growth and aging.  WEFA further forecasts that
personal consumption expenditures on services will expand by a higher annual
rate of about 2.3 percent in the long term.

        It is projected that the share of personal consumption expenditures
        relative to GDP will decline over the next decade.  Consumer spending
        as a share of GDP peaked in 1986 at 67.4 percent after averaging about
        63.0 percent over much of the post-war period.  WEFA estimates that
        consumption's share of aggregate output will decline to 64.5 percent by
        2003 and 62.7 percent by 2018.

        Potential GDP is a measure of the economy's ability to produce goods
        and services.  This potential provides an indication of the expansion
        of output, real incomes, real expenditures, and the general standard of
        living of the population.  WEFA estimates that real U.S. GDP will grow
        at an average annual rate of 2.7 percent through 2000 as the output gap
        is reduced between real GDP and potential GDP.  After 2000, annual real
        GDP growth will decline, tapering to 2.3 percent per annum by 2003 and
        2.1 percent by 2010.


Trade Area Analysis
	Overview

        A retail center's trade area contains people who are likely to
        patronize that particular retail center.  These customers are drawn by
        a given class of goods and services from a particular tenant mix.  A
        center's fundamental drawing power comes from the strength of the
        anchor tenants as well as the regional and local tenants which
        complement and support the anchors.  A successful combination of these
        elements creates a destination for customers seeking a variety of goods
        and services while enjoying the comfort and convenience of an
        integrated shopping environment.

        In order to define and analyze the market potential for the Brookdale
        Center, it is important to first establish the boundaries of the trade
        area from which the subject will draw its customers.  In some cases,
        defining the trade area may be complicated by the existence of other
        retail facilities on main thoroughfares within trade areas that are not
        clearly defined or whose trade areas overlap with that of the subject.
        The subject's potential trade area partially overlaps with other retail
        facilities along major retail thoroughfares.  The subject's potential
        trade area partially overlaps with its principal competitors, Rosedale,
        Ridgedale, and Northtown.  The subject's capture rate of area
        expenditure potential is also influenced to a lesser extent by other
        regional and super-regional centers in the Minneapolis MSA such as Mall
        of America.

        Finally, there are several large strip centers anchored by discount
department and specialty stores in the market.  While some cross-shopping does
occur, these stores act more as a draw to the area, creating an image for the
area as a prime destination shopping district and generating more retail
traffic than would exist in their absence.  Nonetheless, we do recognize and
mention these centers to the extent that they provide a complete understanding
of the area's retail structure. Scope of Trade Area Traditionally, a retail
center's sales are principally generated from within its primary trade area,
which is typically within reasonably close geographic proximity to the center
itself.  Generally, between 55 and 65 percent of a center's sales are generated
within its primary trade area.  The secondary trade area generally refers to
more outlying areas which provide less frequent customers to the center.
Residents within the secondary trade area would be more likely to shop closer
to home due to time and travel constraints.  Typically, an additional 20 to 25
percent of a center's sales will be generated from within the secondary area.
The tertiary or peripheral trade area refers to more distant areas from which
occasional customers to the mall reside.  These residents may be drawn to the
center by a particular service or store which is not found locally.  Industry
experience shows that between 10 and 15 percent of a center's sales are derived
from customers residing outside the trade area.  This potential is commonly
referred to as inflow.

        In areas that are benefitted by an excellent interstate highway system
        such as the Minneapolis MSA, the percentage of sales generated by
        inflow patrons can often run upwards to 25 percent or higher.

        Once the trade area is defined, the area's demographics and economic
        profile can be analyzed.  This will provide key insight into the area's
        dynamics as it relates to the subject.  The sources of economic and
        demographic data for the trade are analysis are as follows:  Equifax
        Marketing Decision Systems (ENDS), Sales and Marketing Management's
        Survey of Buying Power 1985-1994, The Urban Land Institute's Dollars
        and Cents of Shopping Centers (1993), CACI, The Sourcebook of County
        Demographics, and The Census of Retail Trade - 1992.  We have also been
        provided with a specific retail study of the mall's trade area and
        remerchandising recommendations by General Growth Research, which has
        relied upon shopper surveys and department store receipts in
        determining the extent of the mall's draw.

        Before the trade area can be defined, it is necessary that we
        thoroughly review the retail market and the competitive structure of
        the general marketplace, with consideration given as to the subject's
        position. Existing Competition By virtue of its location, Brookdale
        Center has historically served the near - northwest suburbs of
        Minneapolis.  The growth of development has been, and continues to be
        in a northwesterly direction emanating from the Central Business
        District.

        The expansion of the suburban malls to the north, northwest and west
        have been in direct response to the nature of population migration
        patterns.  The subject's principal competitors are seen in the
        Northtown Mall at Highway 10 and University Avenue; the Ridgedale
        Shopping Center at Highway 12 and Plymouth Road in Minnetonka and
        Rosedale Shopping Center at Highway 36 and Fairview in Roseville.
        These three centers have been identified through customer surveys as
        well as management personnel as being the most directly competitive.
        Ridgedale was cited in the 1994 Customer Intercept Study as being
        Brookdale's strongest competitor.  The study shows they capture 27
        percent of Brookdale's customers and 8 percent of their dollars.

        Table 1, shown below, identifies the various regional centers found
        within the general area that compete most directly with the subject.




                                  Table 1
                Principal Competitive Regional Shopping Centers
                _______________________________________________
                                                                  Distance
                  Developer/            Year    GLA                from
  Property        Owner     Location    Built (sq.ft.)   Anchors   Subject
  ________________________________________________________________________

  Northtown Mall   Angeles  Blaine,MN   1972   800,000    Carson   8-10 mi. N,
  Hwy.10 & Univ.    Corp.                                 Pirie    +- 15 min.
  Ave.                                                    Scott,
                                                          Kohl's,
                                                          Mont Ward.,
                                                          Woolworth
  ____________________________________________________________________________
  Ridgedale
  Shopping Center
  Hwy. 12 &
  Plymouth Road   Ridgedale Minnetonka, 1975  1,042,100   Carson   10 miles SW
                    Joint      MN                         Pirie    +- 15 min.
                   Venture                                Scott,
                                                          Dayton's,
                                                          J.C. Penney,
                                                          Sears

  ____________________________________________________________________________
  Rosedale Shopping
  Center
  Hwy. 36 &
  Fairview      Equitable Real Roseville, 1969  1,400,000  Carson  10 miles E,
                    Estate        MN                       Pirie   +- 15 min.
                  Investment                               Scott,
                   Managers                                Dayton's,
                                                           J.C. Penney,
                                                           Mont. Ward
  ____________________________________________________________________________


        The chart above summarizes the subject's three principal competitors.
        In addition to the above, we should discuss the threat of new
        competition.  Both Rouse and Homart have announced potential sites in
        Maple Grove for a regional center within 7 to 10 miles from Brookdale
        Center.  Homart's parcel is part of a 2,000 acre master plan
        development at the northwest quadrant of Interstate 94 and Route 169.
        The Rouse parcel is a 100 acre site at the intersection of Interstate
        94 and the planned highway 610.  This site is owned by the Osseo Area
        school district and is adjacent from two existing schools.  Obviously,
        either one of these sites would have to overcome a number of hurdles in
        order to proceed.

        Speculation has it that a number of department stores could serve as
        anchors including JC Penney, Sears, Montgomery Ward, Macy's, Nordstrom
        and Dayton's.  Should Dayton's decide to locate at the Homart site, it
        would likely close the Brookdale store due to the distance (7 miles)
        from the center.

        At this early juncture, it is difficult to assess the impact of either
        project.  Should one be approved, it will likely be three to five years
        before it comes on line.  It is clear, however, that the subject will
        need to be renovated at some point in order to maintain its current
        market position.


Trade Area Definition

        Brookdale is located in Brooklyn Center in the central portion of the
        Minneapolis MSA approximately 5 miles northwest of the Minneapolis
        Central Business District.  This location makes it one of the more
        accessible retail locations within the Minneapolis MSA.  The advantage
        of interstate proximity has the effect of expanding the mall's trade
        area by virtue of reducing travel time for residents in more distant
        locations.

        As discussed in the previous section, the location and accessibility of
        competing centers also has direct bearing on the formation and make-up
        of a mall's trade area.  Principal competition is seen in Northtown,
        Ridgedale Center and Rosedale Center.  The renovation of the latter
        center has strongly positioned it in its market and has drawn a larger
        percentage of the subject's shoppers over the past year.  Ridgedale is
        most closely aligned with the subject from a merchandising standpoint
        and Northtown has probably slipped in its competitive standing over the
        past year.

        The downtown Central Business District is probably less of a factor
        than it was, although it has been, and will always continue to be, more
        of a force in serving the downtown Central Business District's
        workforce. The Mall of America, to some extent, impacts Brookdale
        Center by drawing certain weekend shoppers away from the subject.
        While we expect that there will continue to be some shakeout at the
        subject, particularly as tenants close marginally profitable stores and
        consolidate, we feel that the long term outlook is positive for the
        subject.  Most of its patrons come to the mall for its convenience, as
        evidenced by the size and depth of its primary market.  The convenience
        factor was cited in the 1994 Intercept Study as being important to the
        typical shopper.  We don't expect that significant changes will occur
        in terms of the shopping patterns of these groups.  Finally, we believe
        that it is important to note that key community centers and
        free-standing "category killers" represent a strong force in the
        market's competitive environment.  However, their primary stores
        (groceries, drugs, home improvement and discounters) are different from
        those which comprise Brookdale Center.  Certainly there is a place for
        both in most retail environments, including the Shingle Creek Road and
        general Brookdale Center area.  Collectively, they balance out the
        retail infill and act as a traffic generator that increases the area's
        status as a destination retail hub.

        To summarize, the foundation of our analysis in the delineation of
        trade area of Brookdale Center may be summarized as follows:

        1.      Highway accessibility including area traffic patterns,
                geographical constraints and nodes of residential development.

        2.      The position and nature of the area retail structure including
                the location of destination retail centers and the strength and
                composition of the retail infill.

        3.      The size, anchor tenancy and merchandising composition of the
                mall tenants, both as existing and as proposed.

        Ownership has provided us with a survey by General Growth Research
        which has identified shopping patterns based upon origin by zip codes.
        We have analyzed this data and find it to be reasonable based upon our
        examination of the area's retail structure.  The report cites that the
        primary trade area contains 80 percent of the mall's shoppers.

        The zip codes and corresponding communities that form the basis for
        this analysis are provided on the following page.  Throughout the text,
        we will discuss the components of the trade area (primary and
        secondary) along with their individual characteristics.  Often we will
        refer to the total trade area by the collective term "trade area".


        In essence, the total trade area encompasses the following communities:


                                 Brookdale Center
                                 ________________
                   Primary                          Secondary
        __________________________________________________________

        Zip Code        Community        Zip Code        Community


        55429 *        Minneapolis        55449        Minneapolis


        55443 *        Minneapolis        55418        Minneapolis


        55430 *        Minneapolis        55448        Minneapolis


        55369             Osseo           55434        Minneapolis


        55428 *        Minneapolis        55413        Minneapolis


        55412 *        Minneapolis

        
        55422          Minneapolis


        55444 *        Minneapolis


        55411          Minneapolis
                
        55445          Minneapolis
                
        55316          Champlin
                
        55442          Minneapolis

        55311          Minneapolis
                
        55374 *        Rogers
                
        55432          Minneapolis

        55303          Minneapolis

        55433          Minneapolis

        55427          Minneapolis

        55330          Elk River

        55421          Minneapolis

        55441          Minneapolis

        55327          Dayton
        __________________________________________________________

        * Most effective markets

        Source: General Growth Research
        __________________________________________________________


Population

        Once the market area has been established, the focus of our analysis
        centers on the trade area's population.  ENDS provides historic,
        current and forecasted population estimates for the total trade area.
        Patterns of development density and migration are reflected in the
        current levels of population estimates.  The report provided on the
        facing page utilizes the statistics on the basis of the total trade
        area (primary and secondary) citing the communities as segregated by
        zip code which are identified in the Addenda.  In the Addenda, we have
        provided detailed profiles of both the primary and secondary
        components.

	Population statistics for the trade area are summarized below:




                                  Brookdale Center
                           Population Growth and Forecasts
        _______________________________________________________________________
                                                      Compound       Compound
        Trade Area                                   Growth Rate    Growth Rate
        Component     1980    1990    1994    1999   1980 - 1994    1994 - 1999
	1994 - 1999
        _______________________________________________________________________

        Primary      391,799 451,242 475,735 503,660    +1.40%      +1.15%
        
        Secondary    85,596  101,855 108,899 117,294    +1.73%      +1.50%
         
        Total        477,395 553,097 584,634 620,954    +1.46%      +1.21%
        _______________________________________________________________________

        Source: Equifax National Decision Systems

        _______________________________________________________________________


        Between 1980 and 1994, ENDS reports that the population within the
        total trade area increased by 107,239 residents to 584,634 reflecting a
        22.5 percent increase or 1.46 percent per annum.  Through 1999, the
        trade area is expected to continue to increase to 620,954 residents
        which is equal to an additional 6.2 percent increase or 1.21 percent
        per annum.

        Further analysis shows that the primary trade area contains a range of
        relatively slow growth immediately around the mall as well as
        communities to the south and southeast, to areas of moderate and high
        growth in the north and west.  Population patterns show these specific
        areas which ownership should aggressively target in its promotion of
        the mall.  Both historical and projected population growth in both
        components of the trade area coincide with past and projected growth
        for the MSA of 1.45 percent and 1.25 percent per annum for the
        respective periods of 1980 through 1994 and 1994 through 1999.

        Provided on the following page is a graphic representation of the
        population change forecasted for the trade area.  Note that communities
        forecasted to have the most significant growth are found to the north
        and west.


Households


        A household consists of all the people occupying a single housing unit.
        While individual members of a household purchase goods and services,
        these purchases actually reflect household needs and decisions.  Thus,
        the household is a critical unit to be considered when reviewing market
        data and forming conclusions about the trade area as it impacts the
        retail center.

        National trends indicate that the number of households are increasing
        at a faster rate than the growth of the population.  Several noticeable
        changes in the way households are being formed have caused the
        acceleration in this growth, specifically:

                The population in general is living longer on average.  This
                results in an increase of single and two person households.

                The divorce rate increased dramatically during the 1980s, again
                resulting in an increase in single person households.

               Many individuals have postponed marriage, thus also resulting
                in more single person households.

                
                                     Brookdale Center
                               Household Data and Forecasts
                               ____________________________


                                                      Compound     Compound
                                                     Growth Rate  Growth Rate
        Component    1980    1990    1994    1999    1980 - 1994  1994-1999
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Primary    134,974  164,817 176,425 189,563    +1.93%      +1.45%
        _____________________________________________________________________
        Secondary   30,703   38,264  41,639  45,211    +2.20%      +1.66%
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Total      165,677  203,081 218,064 234,774    +1.98%      +1.49%
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Source: Equifax National Decision Systems
        _____________________________________________________________________


        Map showing Brookdale Center's total trade area and specifying
        population growth within area


        According to ENDS, the total trade area gained 52,387 households
        between 1980 and 1994, an increase of 31.6 percent or 1.98 per annum.
        Between 1994 and 1999 the area is expected to grow, but at a slower
        pace of 1.49 percent per year.  We see that the secondary area is
        growing faster than the primary market area.  Consistent with the
        national trend, the trade area is experiencing household growth at
        rates in excess of population changes primarily due to the factors
        mentioned above.  Correspondingly, a greater number of smaller
        households with fewer children generally indicates more disposable
        income.  In 1980, there were 2.88 persons per household in the total
        trade area and by 1994, it is estimated to have decreased to 26870.


Trade Area Income


        One of the most significant statistics for retailers is the trade
        area's income potential.  Income levels, either on a per capita, per
        family, or household basis, indicate the economic level of the
        residents of the market area and form an important component of this
        total analysis.  More directly, average household income, when combined
        with the number of households, is a major determinant of an area's
        retail sales potential.  The trade area income figures support the
        profile of a broad-based middle income market.  According to ENDS,
        average household income within the primary trade area is approximately
        $51,072.

	A comparison to the Minneapolis MSA is shown below:
        

                        Average Household Income Comparison
                        ___________________________________

                                Primary      Total      Minneapolis
                                 Area         Area         MSA
        __________________________________________________________

        Average Household
        Income                  $51,072     $50,167      $53,276
        __________________________________________________________

        Median Household
        Income                  $42,959     $42,544      $42,647
        __________________________________________________________

        Per Capita Income       $19,186     $18,937      $20,835
        __________________________________________________________

        Source: Equifax Marketing Decision Systems
        __________________________________________________________



        The subject's trade area is shown to be slightly less affluent than the
        MSA as a whole.  However, areas directly to the west and the northwest
        of the subject are shown to be affluent suburbs of the MSA.  Provided
        on the following page is a graphic presentation of the average
        household income distribution throughout the trade area.  As can be
        seen, the subject is adjacent to some of the higher income areas.


        Map showing Brookdale Center's total trade area and average household
        income


Retail Sales

        Another significant statistic for retailers is the total retail sales
        expended in a given area.  According to Sales and Marketing Management,
        retail sales in the Minneapolis MSA have grown at a compound annual
        rate of 5.2 percent between 1985 and 1993.  This was greater than the
        State of Minnesota's composite growth over the same period of 4.8
        percent.


                                   Retail Sales
                                   ____________

        _____________________________________________________________________
                   State of      Minnesota/St. Paul    Hennepin County
        Year       Minnesota           MSA
        _____________________________________________________________________
        
        1985       $27,241,195      $16,187,101         $ 8,255,326
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1986       $28,044,113      $16,837,510         $ 8,689,408
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1987       $28,903,224      $17,640,652         $ 9,184,604
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1988       $31,320,221      $19,092,209         $ 9,739,271
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1989       $32,208,001      $19,998,198         $ 9,784,828
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1990       $33,314,988      $20,446,928         $10,005,141
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1991       $35,159,987      $21,358,004         $10,349,106
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1992       $35,685,984      $21,919,344         $10,332,167
        _____________________________________________________________________
        1993       $39,582,998      $24,336,416         $11,555,647
        _____________________________________________________________________
        Compound
        Annual
        Growth
        1985-93        +4.8%          +5.2%               +4.3%

        _______________________________________________________________________
        Source: Sales & Marketing Management Survey of Buying Power (1986-1994)
        _______________________________________________________________________
 


        As can be seen, retail sales in Hennepin County have grown at rates
        below the MSA and State with a compound annual change of 4.3 percent
        since 1985.

        While retail sales trends within the MSA and region lend insight into
        the underlying economic aspects of the market, it is the subject's
        sales history and potential that is most germane to our analysis.

        Management has provided us with historical sales for the subject.  The
        sales trends for the specialty stores in the mall are shown in the
        following table.


                                Brookdale Center
                              Retail Sales Trends
                                Specialty Stores
                              ___________________

                                                    Comparison
        Year    Sales (Millions)  Reporting GLA *  Unit Rate (SF)  Change *
        ___________________________________________________________________

        1986         $44.1           171,600        $257.00           -
        1987         $46.1           177,240        $260.10        + 1.2%
        1988         $49.1           184,400        $266.30        + 2.4%
        1989         $54.3           191,200        $284.00        + 6.6%
        1990         $55.1           193,130        $285.30        +  .5%
        1991         $53.1           187,900        $282.60        -  .9%
        1992         $50.3           190,260        $280.04        -  .9%
        1993         $41.7           152,340        $273.73        - 2.2%
        1994         $38.03          143,028        $265.91        - 2.9%
        ___________________________________________________________________
        Compound Annual
        Change 1986-93                                             -1.83%
        ___________________________________________________________________

        * Change reported is for unit rate performance.
        ___________________________________________________________________

        Source: General Growth Company
        ___________________________________________________________________



        The data above shows that 1994 mall shop sales have continued to fall
        since 1990.  Year-to-date (December 1994) sales for tenants open for
        the past thirteen months were $38,032,000, equivalent to $265.91 per
        square foot.  This was down nearly 8.8 percent in terms of aggregate
        dollars and 2.9 percent on a reporting unit rate basis.  The decline
        was largely contributed to the renovation that was in process within
        the Carson Throat area as well as a change in consumer perception of
        the mall related to safety issues and loitering teenagers.  Management
        is actually forecasting a decline of approximately 1.5 percent in
        1995.  The Urban Land Institute's Dollars and Cents of Shopping
        Centers (1993) reports sales per square foot of mall tenants in
        super-regional shopping centers both by age and location.  Nationally,
        the total survey shows average mall shop sales ranging from $132.49 to
        $303.16 per square foot with an overall average of $205.90.  On a
        regional basis, this range is $128.94 to $281.75 with an average at
        $189.34 per square foot.  For super-regional centers over 20 years old,
        the average is equal to $188.39 with an upper decile figure of $282.77.
        As can be seen, comparable sales at the subject property are closer to
        the upper decile of the statistics reported.


Department Store Sales


        The Urban Land Institute also tracks sales for owned and non-owned
        department stores.  ULI reports that median sales per square foot for
        non-owned department stores (national chains) is $186 with the top 10
        percent hitting the $315 mark.  Owned stores report a median of $128
        per square foot with the top 10 percent at $217.

        General Growth reports that overall department store sales at Brookdale
        Center for 1993 were approximately $141,100,000 (store by store
        comparisons for all department stores were not available at this
        writing).  This suggests a .31 percent increase over $140,665,300 in
        1992.  On a per square foot basis, the department store average was
        $191.74 per square foot in 1993 and $191.15 in 1992.

        We have been provided with 1994 sales information for Kohl's and JC
        Penney.  Linda Smith, the mall manager, has estimated the sales for the
        remaining majors.




                                1994 Anchor Store Sales
                                _______________________

                                                                    Change
        Store        Area (SF)        Sales        Unit Rate        from 1993
        _____________________________________________________________________

        JC Penney     140,320     $ 28,073,400     $200.07           -3.10%
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Kohl's         75,000     $ 17,355,300     $231.40           +9.60%

        _____________________________________________________________________
        Dayton's      195,368     $ 45,000,000 *   $230.33            Flat

        _____________________________________________________________________
        Sears         180,669     $ 35,200,000 *   $194.83           +.57%

        _____________________________________________________________________
        Carson
        Pirie
        Scott         140,336     $ 16,700,000 *   $119.00           +1.18%
        ____________________________________________________________________

        Total         731,709     $142,328,700     $194.52           + .87%

        ___________________________________________________________________
        *  Approximate amount - non-reporting store
        ___________________________________________________________________


        Sales for the department stores were mixed in 1994.  JC Penney's sales
        down 3.1 percent to $28,073,400 or approximately $200 per square foot.
        Kohl's saw the  most dramatic increase with a sales jump of nearly 10
        percent.  At $231 per square foot, they were the most productive store
        last year on a unit rate basis.

        General Growth Management has supplied estimates only for Dayton's,
        Sears, and Carson's.  At $45.0 million, Dayton's is clearly the highest
        grossing anchor at the mall.  Sales in 1994 were estimated to be flat.
        Sears and Carson's saw modest increases of .57 percent and 1.18
        percent, respectively.  Overall, the department store sales were
        estimated at $142,328,700, up .87 percent over 1993.


Summary


        Within the shopping center industry, a trend toward specialization has
        evolved so as to maximize sales per square foot by deliberately meeting
        customer preferences rather than being all things to all people.  This
        market segmentation is implemented through the merchandising of the
        anchor stores and the tenant mix of the mall stores.  The subject
        property reflects this trend toward market segmentation.  A review of
        the existing as well as the proposed tenant mix shows that it has
        clearly positioned itself at the broad middle of the market.

        The anchor mix appears to be correctly positioned to represent the
        population.  Dayton's is by far the area's dominant store.  It is found
        in the majority of the successful malls throughout the Minneapolis MSA
        which is its headquarters and hub.  Dayton's draws the highest
        percentage of shopper traffic (45 percent) followed by JC Penney (31
        percent), Carson Pirie Scott (24 percent) and Sears (22 percent).
	

        There is some speculation and concern about the conversion of the
        Carson Pirie Scott store to Mervyn's.  Dayton's has made a major
        financial commitment to bring the chain to the Twin Cities area.  The
        newer Mervyn's concepts are attractive stores and the merchandise will
        offer price points that are consistent with the profile of the trade
        area.  Evidence of this is seen in the success of Kohl's which will be
        most competitive with Mervyn's. <PAGE>
Conclusion We have analyzed the retail
        trade history and profile of the Minneapolis MSA and in order to make
        reasonable assumptions as to the continued performance of the subject's
        trade area.

        A metropolitan and locational overview was presented which highlighted
        important points about the study area and demographic and economic data
        specific to the trade area were presented.  The trade area profile
        discussed encompassed a zip code based analysis that was established
        based upon a thorough study of the competitive retail structure.
        Marketing information relating to these sectors was presented and
        analyzed in order to determine patterns of change and growth as it
        impacts Brookdale Center.  Next we discussed the subject's retail sales
        history along with its forecasted performance over the near term.  The
        given data is useful in giving quantitative dimensions of the total
        trade area, while our comments serve to provide qualitative insight
        into this market.  A compilation of this data provides the basis for
        our projections and forecasts particular to the subject property.  The
        following summarizes our key conclusions.

               The subject is benefitted by its location in one of the
                Country's largest metropolitan areas.  Within this component of
                the MSA, the subject is the dominant destination retail center
                for a primary trade area of nearly 475,000.  It is also well
                positioned to serve the population base which is expected to
                see continued increases.

               The MSA has excellent inter and intra-regional accessibility.
                The subject is benefitted by excellent regional accessibility
                being located approximately one mile from Interstate 94/694.

               The subject offers a cohesive merchandising mix with a modest
                allocation of regional and national tenants.  These merchants
                have the benefit of stronger advertising budgets and are more
                familiar to shoppers which typically results in higher sales
                levels.  Furthermore, the existing anchor mix has been proven
                to work in the Minneapolis marketplace by virtue of their
                duplication found in many area malls.

               Brookdale is attracting an older, middle to lower income
                shopper. These customers reflect national trends of making
                fewer shopping trips and spending less time at the mall per
                trip.

               While the basic demographics appear to be healthy, the
                subject's physical plant is somewhat dated and in need of
                upgrading. There also exists a level of uncertainty with
                respect to the long term effect of the two proposed malls in
                Maple Grove and the expansions/renovations at other area malls.
                To the extent that Brookdale continues its efforts of
                remerchandising and renovation, we expect that it will remain
                one of the area's competitive centers.

        Our analysis concludes that the existing and proposed merchandising mix
        of the mall shops, its good MSA location, and the popularity of the
        anchor department stores will all combine to maintain Brookdale
        Center's position as the dominant retail center in its principal trade
        area.  Quite obviously, the prospect of new competition is of concern.
        Efforts need to be made to get Dayton's to extend its operating
        covenant.  In addition, Sears and Carson's (Mervyn's) operating
        agreements expire in 1999 so efforts to extend them should begin
        shortly.


        THE SUBJECT PROPERTY



        The Brookdale Center Mall contains a gross occupancy area of 982,228
        square feet including five anchor tenants.  Anchor tenants comprise a
        total of 731,709 square feet.  All own their own buildings while two
        (JC Penney and Kohl's) lease the land.

        Since our previous report, the major changes in the mall have involved
        the taking back of the former Carson's Throat area and the redemising
        of the space into in-line GLA.  At the time of our inspection, three
        tenants (Hoff Jewelers, Regis Hair Stylist, and Champs had leased space
        in this section of the mall.  The total cost of redevelopment of this
        space was reported to be approximately $1.0 million exclusive of monies
        to be funded for tenant improvement allowances.  Other changes center
        around new tenant lease transactions, existing lease renewals, and
        tenants who have been terminated.  As a result, some remodelling and
        renovation of tenant stores has occurred.  Further discussion of these
        activities is included in the Income Approach of this report.

        During 1995 additional changes are planned for the mall.  Probably the
        most dramatic will be the conversion of Carson's to Mervyn's, a
        division of Dayton Hudson.  Dayton's acquired eight of the Minneapolis
        area Carson Pirie Scott stores and is planning on converting seven to
        the Mervyn's format.

        At the time of our inspection Sears was in the process of renovating
        their storefront entranceway along the main concourse.

        Brookdale continues its efforts to upgrade the mall and improve its
        appearance.  During 1995 a number of capital projects are proposed but
        as of this writing, none are approved.  Some of the larger projects are
        summarized in the following table.



                                Capital Items
                                _____________


                Category        Description                     Budget
                _______________________________________________________

                RMUs            5 Retail Merchandising          $75,000
                                Units - Arcade

                _______________________________________________________

                ACM Abatement   Tenants Turning Over            $50,000

                _______________________________________________________

                Roof            Replacement - Final Phase       $231,000
                                (section u, v, w, x, y, z)
                                (includes infra-red scan)
                ________________________________________________________

                Parking Lot     Replacement/Sealcoat Phase I    $175,000
                             (includes Zimmer Consultant Report)
                ________________________________________________________

                Parking Lot     Lot Lighting Upgrade            $600,000

                ________________________________________________________
                Parking Lot     Lot Signs                       $45,000

                ________________________________________________________
                Amenities       Common Areas (inside & out)     $75,000

                ________________________________________________________
                Structure       Remove Baffles/Paint Ceiling    $105,000

                _______________________________________________________
                Energy          Interior Lighting Retrofit      $85,000
                Conservation
                _______________________________________________________
                Structure       Bump Backs - Vacant Spaces      $25,000

                _______________________________________________________

                Total Capital Items                          $1,466,000
                _______________________________________________________



        We would also note that structurally and mechanically the improvements
        appear to be in average condition.  However, this type of analysis is
        beyond our expertise and is best made by a professional engineer.



        REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS



        The subject property is assessed by Hennepin County for the 1994
        calendar year.  The assessed values and tax liabilities for the
        property are shown below.




                                Tax Schedule
                                ____________

                                               1994            1994
                                              Assessed          Tax
        Parcel No.          Description        Value         Liabilities
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-32-0008    Main Mall       $53,403,300     $3,325,105
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-31-0055    Main Mall
                             Parking         $ 2,549,500     $  152,780
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-23-0021    Main Mall
                             Parking         $     2,900     $     180
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-31-0056    Kohl's
                            (land only)          N/A         $  165,023
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-32-0009    JC Penney
                            (land only)          N/A         $   45,894
        ________________________________________________________________

        02-118-21-32-0010   JC Penney
                            (land only)          N/A         $    9,028
        _______________________________________________________________

        Total                                                $3,698,010
        _______________________________________________________________



        Taxes in 1994 were reported to be approximately 6 percent higher than
        1993.  Of the $3,698,010 in tax liability in 1994, the majority or
        approximately $3.5 million is allocated to the mall, JC Penney and
        Dayton's.  Carson's had been contributing to taxes however a change in
        their agreement last year reduced their obligation to zero.

        We are advised by management that negotiations with taxing authorities
        should result in a 17 percent reduction in tax liability for 1995.
        They have budgeted $3,071,700 for the coming calendar year.  In view of
        the property's declining financial condition and the fact that tenants
        are not able to support tax obligations in excess of $15.00 per square
        foot, we believe that it is a reasonable assumption that tax relief
        will be granted.  Thus, we have reflected the budgeted amount of
        $3,071,700 in our first year expense projection.


        ZONING

        
        The subject site is zoned C2, Commercial District by the City of
        Brooklyn Center.  According to the ordinance, this district is designed
        to provide for a large concentration of comparison shopping, office,
        and service needs for persons residing in a densely settled suburban
        area.  This district will allow for an intense use of land to service
        regional needs and will be located adjacent to high volume major
        thoroughfares.

        We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances
        but the property appears to be a generally conforming use based on our
        review of public information.  The determination of compliance is
        beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.  However, the City of
        Brooklyn Center has permitted the construction of the subject to its
        present configuration.

        We know of no deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit
        the subject property's use.  The research required to determine whether
        or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this
        appraisal assignment.  Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a
        title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover
        such restrictive covenants.  Thus, we recommend a title search to
        determine if any such restrictions do exist.



        HIGHEST AND BEST USE


        According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, Third Edition
        (1993), a publication of the American Institute of Real Estate
        Appraisers, the highest and best use is defined as:

        The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved
        property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported,
        financially feasible, and that results in the highest value.  The four
        criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility,
        physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

        We evaluated the site's highest and best use both as currently improved
        and as if vacant in our original report.  In both cases, the highest
        and best use must meet the aforementioned criteria.  After considering
        all the uses which are physically possible, legally permissible,
        financially feasible and maximally productive, it is our opinion that a
        concentrated retail use built to its maximum feasible FAR is the
        highest and best use of the mall site as vacant.  Similarly, we have
        considered the same criteria with regard to the highest and best use of
        the site as improved.  After considering all pertinent data, it is our
        conclusion that the highest and best use of the site as improved is for
        its continued retail/ commercial use.  We believe that such a use will
        yield to ownership the greatest return over the longest period of time.

        

        VALUATION PROCESS


        Appraisers typically use three approaches in valuing real property:
        The Cost Approach, the Income Approach and the Sales Comparison
        Approach.  The type and age of the property and the quantity and
        quality of data effect the applicability in a specific appraisal
        situation.

        The Cost Approach renders an estimate of value based upon the price of
        obtaining a site and constructing improvements, both with equal
        desirability and utility as the subject property.  Historically,
        investors have not emphasized cost analysis in purchasing investment
        grade properties.  The estimation of obsolescence for functional and
        economic conditions as well as depreciation on improvements makes this
        approach difficult at best.  Furthermore, the Cost Approach fails to
        consider the value of department store commitments to regional shopping
        centers and the difficulty of site assemblage for such properties.  As
        such, the Cost Approach will not be employed in this analysis due to
        the fact that the marketplace does not rigidly trade leased shopping
        centers on a cost/value basis.

        The Sales Comparison Approach is based on an estimate of value derived
        from the comparison of similar type properties which have recently been
        sold.  Through an analysis of these sales, efforts are made to discern
        the actions of buyers and sellers active in the marketplace, as well as
        establish relative unit values upon which to base comparisons with
        regard to the mall.  This approach has a direct application to the
        subject property.  Furthermore, this approach has been used to develop
        investment indices and parameters from which to judge the
        reasonableness of our principal approach, the Income Approach.

        By definition, the subject property is considered an income/investment
        property.  Properties of this type are historically bought and sold on
        the ability to produce economic benefits, typically in the form of a
        yield to the purchaser on investment capital.  Therefore, the analysis
        of income capabilities are particularly germane to this property since
        a prudent and knowledgeable investor would follow this procedure in
        analyzing its investment qualities.  Therefore, the Income Approach has
        been emphasized as our primary methodology for this valuation.  This
        valuation concludes with a final estimate of the subject's market value
        based upon the total analysis as presented herein.

        
Methodology


        The Sales Comparison Approach allows the appraiser to estimate the
        value of real estate by comparing recent sales of similar properties in
        the surrounding or competing area to the subject property.  Inherent in
        this approach is the principle of substitution, which holds that "when
        a property is replaceable in the market, its value tends to be set at
        the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute property,
        assuming that no costly delay is encountered in making the
        substitution."

        By analyzing sales that qualify as arms-length transactions between
        willing, knowledgeable buyers and sellers, market value and price
        trends can be identified.  Comparability in physical, locational, and
        economic characteristics is an important criterion when comparing sales
        to the subject property.  The basic steps involved in the application
        of this approach are as follows:

        (1)     Research recent, relevant property sales and current offerings
                throughout the competitive marketplace;

        (2)     Select and analyze properties considered most similar to the
                subject, giving consideration to the time of sale, change in 
                economic
                conditions which may have occurred since date of sale, and other
                physical, functional, or locational factors;

        (3)     Reduce the sales price to a common unit of comparison, such as
                price per square foot of gross leasable area that is to be
                sold;

        (4)     Make appropriate adjustments between the comparable properties
                and the property appraised;

        (5)     Identify sales which include favorable financing and calculate
                the cash equivalent price;

        (6)     Interpret the adjusted sales data and draw a logical value
                conclusion.


        The most widely-used and market-oriented units of comparison for
        properties such as the subject are the sale price per square foot of
        gross leasable area (GLA) purchased and the overall capitalization rate
        extracted from an analysis of the sale.  An analysis of the inherent
        sales multiple also lends additional support to this overall
        methodology.


Market Overview


The typical purchaser of properties of the subject's caliber includes both
foreign and domestic insurance companies, large retail developers, pension
funds, and real estate investment trusts (REIT's).  The large capital
requirements necessary to participate in this market and the expertise demanded
to successfully operate an investment of this type, both limit the number of
active participants and, at the same time, expand the geographic boundaries of
the marketplace to include the international arena.  Due to the relatively
small number of market participants and the moderate amount of quality product
available in the current marketplace, strong demand exists for the nation's
quality retail developments.

        In recent years, interest in selling Class A properties had been
        tempered by illiquidity in financing purchases because of persisting
        post recessionary worries, lack of lending by banks that had been or
        continue to have financial troubles, and a general lack of interest in
        real estate as a prime investment vehicle.  All of these factors have
        operated to raise yield and capitalization rates for those few players
        currently in the marketplace for Class A properties.  Class B shopping
        centers have been more seriously impacted according to buyers and
        sellers, making few transactions probable as the product is withheld
        from the marketplace, or if offered, tends to be unrealistically priced
        based upon current economic conditions.

        Most institutional grade retail properties are existing, seasoned
        centers with good inflation protection.  These centers offer stability
        in income and are strongly positioned to the extent that they are
        formidable barriers to new competition.  Equally important are centers
        which offer good upside potential after face-lifting, renovations, or
        expansion.  With new construction down substantially, owners have
        accelerated their renovation and remerchandising programs.  Little
        competition from over-building is likely in most mature markets within
        which these centers are located.  Environmental concerns and
        "no-growth" mentalities in communities are now serious impediments to
        new retail developments.

        The re-emergence of real estate investment trusts (REITs) has helped to
        provide liquidity within the real estate market, pushing demand for
        well-tenanted, quality property, particularly super-regional malls.
        Currently, REITs are one of the most active segments of the industry
        and are particularly attractive to institutional investors due to their
        liquidity. Real Estate Investment Trust Market to date, the impact of
        REITs on the regional mall investment market is not yet clear since the
        majority of Initial Property Offerings (IPOs) involving regional malls
        did not enter the market until the latter part of 1993 and early 1994.
        It is noted, however, that REITs have dominated the investment market
        for apartment properties and are expected to play a major role in
        retail properties as well.  While many of the country's best quality
        malls have recently been offered in the public market, this heavily
        capitalized marketplace has provided sellers with an attractive
        alternative to the more traditional market for regional malls.  The
        pricing of REITs and the elimination of a significant portion of the
        supply of quality regional malls could continue to favorably impact
        sellers of this property type.  During the past year, a number of
        institutional investors have either become more aggressive in terms of
        acceptable returns, or have been eliminated from this component of the
        matter.

        There are currently more than 230 REITs in the United States, about
        77.0 percent (178) which are publicly traded.  The advantages provided
        by REITs, in comparison to more traditional real estate investment
        opportunities, include the diversification of property types and
        location, increased liquidity due to shares being traded on major
        exchanges, and the exemption from corporate taxes when 95.0 percent of
        taxable income is distributed.

        There are essentially three kinds of REITs which can either be
        "open-ended", or Finite-life (FREITs) which have specified liquidation
        dates, typically ranging from eight to fifteen years.

                Equity REITs center around the ownership of properties where
                ownership interests (shareholders) receive the benefit of
                returns from the operating income as well as the anticipated
                appreciation of property value.  Equity REITs typically provide
                lower yields than other types of REITs, although this lower
                yield is theoretically offset by property appreciation.

               Mortgage REITs invest in real estate through loans.  The return
                to shareholders is related to the interest rate for mortgages
                placed by the REIT.

               Hybrid REITs combine the investment strategies of both the
                equity and mortgage REITs in order to diversify risk.

        During 1993, Hybrid REITs yielded an average of 7.28 percent as
        compared with Equity REITs at 6.30 percent and Mortgage REITs at 10.44
        percent. The chart on the facing page summarizes the historic annual
        yield rates and overall return performance of REITs for the past ten
        years.

        Equity REITs clearly dominate the publicly traded marketplace, with an
        80.0 percent share of the total market in terms of total capital.  As
        of November 1993, total market capital amounted to $30.026 billion,
        nearly a 15.0 percent increase over the August 1993 figure of $26.185
        billion.  Capital invested in equity REITs has increased dramatically
        as well.  In 1992, five equity REITs raised $726.0 million in capital,
        while in 1993, forty three equity REITs raised $8.616 billion in
        capital.

        The significant increase in equity REIT capital investment exhibited
        during the past two years has continued during the first portion of
        1994, with ten new equity REIT offerings through the first eight weeks,
        and $1,520.4 million in total capital being raised.  An additional ten
        REIT IPOs are currently in Registration with the SEC as of February
        1994.

        The annual yields for all REITs have declined during the past four
        years,  to an average annualized yield of 6.94 percent overall for
        1993.  The average annualized returns for the most recent two-year
        period are below the levels of the past ten years.  The influx of
        capital into REITs has provided property owners with a significant
        alternative marketplace of investment capital and resulted in a
        considerably more liquid market for real estate.  A number of
        "non-traditional" REIT buyers, such as utility funds and equity/income
        funds, established a major presence in the market during 1993, and
        there is strong evidence that public pension plans (including CalPers)
        have committed or will soon commit significant capital to REIT
        investment.

        Although the REIT market is volatile and has historically experienced
        rapid increases and declines in pricing and returns, the lower yields
        and substantial price appreciation during the past year has placed
        upward pressure on values and pricing for  more traditional (non-REIT)
        real estate transactions.   The lower yields acceptable for equity
        REITs incorporates the marketplace's perception that real estate is in
        a recovery mode, which is expected to result in continued price
        appreciation to offset the lower initial yields.  While the market and
        property specific due diligence used by the underwriters of the REIT
        offerings does not necessarily mirror the more thorough process used by
        more traditional institutional investors in real estate, the existence
        of this marketplace could continue to drive property values upward for
        the near term, particularly if inflation increases noticeably.


Regional Mall REITs


        The accompanying exhibit "Analysis of Regional Mall REITs" summarizes
        the basic characteristics of seven  REITs  and one publicly traded real
        estate operating company (Rouse Company) comprised exclusively  or
        predominately of regional mall properties.  Excluding the Rouse Company
        (ROUS), the IPOs have all been completed since November 1992.  The
        Taubman (TCO) REIT IPO in November 1992 represented the first equity
        REIT specializing in the ownership, management, and development of
        enclosed regional mall shopping centers.  Prior to the Taubman
        offering, the public market for regional malls was limited to the Rouse
        Company public offering.  Six additional IPO's of equity REITs,
        primarily involving enclosed regional shopping malls, have been
        completed during the period November 1992 through December 1993.  The
        public equity market capitalization of the six  REIT's (excluding Rouse
        and DeBartolo) totalled $3.3 billion as of February 1994, and, combined
        with restricted operating partnership units, totalled $6.9 billion.
        Including equity, debt, and partnership units, the total capitalization
        of these six REITs represented approximately $14 billion according to
        Solomon Brothers. The combined leasable area owned and operated by the
        six REITs represents approximately 10.0 percent of the total regional
        mall inventory in the United States.  Including the Rouse Company
        portfolio and the April 1994 IPO by DeBartolo Realty Corporation
        (involving 51 additional regional malls with a combined leasable area
        of approximately 44.5 million square feet), the eight public offerings
        included on the summary have a total of 260 regional or super regional
        malls with a combined leasable area of approximately 200 million square
        feet. This figure represents more than 14.0 percent of the total
        national supply of this product type.   A number of other REITs (not
        included on summary) that are not exclusively or predominately
        comprised of regional malls also include numerous additional regional
        and super regional mall product within the larger offering. The eight
        companies summarized on the exhibit are among the largest and best
        capitalized domestic real estate equity securities, and are
        considerably more liquid than more traditional real estate related
        investments.  Excluding the Rouse Company, however, these companies
        have been publicly traded for only a short period, and there is not an
        established track record.  Regional mall REITs experienced a "price
        correction" during November and December of 1993 (as did most equity
        REITs), but the market rallied during the first quarter of 1994.  The
        current (end of first quarter 1994) investment market concerns
        regarding inflation have created a better environment for some equity
        REITs, which theoretically will benefit from inflation and
        corresponding property value increases.  The DeBartolo Company IPO
        during April 1994 (originally planned for year-end 1993) was well
        received by the marketplace and was perceived by many investors as a
        "hedge" against inflation concerns. The impact of this alternative
        market for regional malls on the traditional investment for this type
        of asset is not yet clear.  As noted previously, the multi-family
        REITs, which are more established in the public markets than the mall
        REITs, have had a significant impact on the investment market for
        quality apartment product.  The effective removal of a large percentage
        of the total supply of regional mall product nationally from the
        non-public investment sector should alter the supply and demand balance
        in favor of current mall ownerships, effectively stabilizing or
        increasing values for malls that satisfy REIT criteria.  The following
        analysis of comparable regional mall transactions suggests that the
        investment market for this type of asset has stabilized during the past
        year, following a downward trend in investment criteria during 1991 and
        1992. The component of this stabilized trend attributable to the recent
        REIT formations is not quantifiable, but the emergence of this
        alternative marketplace logically should have a positive impact on
        regional mall values for the near term.



Investment Criteria


        Investment criteria for mall properties range widely.  A more complete
        discussion of investment indices can be found in the "Income Approach"
        section of this report.  This discussion details our use of
        capitalization and yield rates for the subject property in relation to
        the sales presented herein as well as an overview of current investors'
        criteria.

        Most retail properties that are considered institutional grade are
        existing, seasoned centers with good inflation protection that offer
        stability in income and are strongly positioned to the extent that they
        are formidable barriers to new competition.  Equally important are
        centers which offer good upside potential after face-lifting,
        renovations, or expansion.  With new construction down substantially,
        owners have accelerated renovation and re-merchandising programs.
        Little competition from over-building is likely in most mature markets
        within which these centers are located.  Environmental concerns and
        "no-growth" mentalities in communities are now serious impediments to
        new retail development.

        Equitable Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. reports in their
        Emerging Trends in Real Estate - 1995 that their respondents give
        retail investments reasonably good marks for 1995.  It is estimated
        that the bottom of the market for retail occurred in 1993.  During
        1994, value changes for regional malls and power centers is estimated
        to be 1.4 and 3.5 percent, respectively.  Other retail property should
        see a rise of 1.7 percent in 1994.  Forecasts for 1995 show regional
        malls leading the other retail categories with a 2.8 percent increase.
        Power centers and other retailers are expected to have increases of 2.6
        and 2.2 percent, respectively.  Long term prospects (1995-2005) for
        regional malls fare the best for all retail properties which is
        expected to outstrip total inflation (4.0 percent) with a 43 percent
        gain.

        The bid/deal spread has narrowed due to a pick up in transactions.  On
        average, the bid/ask spread for retail property is 60 to 70 basis
        points, implying a pricing gap of 5 to 10 percent.


        
                Capitalization Rate Bid/Ask Characteristics (%)
                _______________________________________________

        Type            Bid        Ask        Bid/Ask Spread        Deal
        ________________________________________________________________

        Regional Mall   8.1        7.3             .8                7.5
        
        Power Center    9.3        8.7             .6                8.8

        Other           9.7        9.1             .6                9.3

        ________________________________________________________________


        Prospects for regional malls and smaller retail investments are
        tempered by the choppy environment featuring increased store
        competition and continued shakeout.  Population increases are expected
        to be concentrated in lower income households, not the middle to upper
        income groups.  Through the balance of the 1990s, retail sales are
        expected to outpace inflation on an annual basis of only 2 percent.
        Thus, with a maturing retail market, store growth and mall investment
        gains will come at the expense of competition.

        Emerging Trends sees a 15 to 20 percent reduction in the number of
        malls nationwide before the end of the decade.  The report goes on to
        cite that after having been written off, department stores are emerging
        from the shake-out period as powerful as ever.  Many of the nations
        largest chains are reporting impressive profit levels, part of which
        has come about from their ability to halt the double digit sales growth
        of the national discount chains.  Mall department stores are
        aggressively reacting to power and outlet centers to protect their
        market share.  Department stores are frequently meeting discounters on
        price.

        Despite the competitive turmoil, Emerging Trends, interviewees remain
        moderately positive about retail investments.

        The RUSSELL-NCREIF Property Index represents data collected from the
        Voting Members of the National Council of Real Estate Investment
        Fiduciaries.  As shown in the following table, data through the third
        quarter of 1994 shows that the retail index posted a positive 1.67
        percent increase in total return.  This performance exceeded the
        general index total return of 1.49 percent.  Despite the decline in the
        aggregate or general market index returns, retail has shown an
        improvement in total return of 54 basis points, a moderate-to-low
        improvement in income returns of 7 basis points and an appreciation
        gain of 48 basis points.  Retail properties ranked third out of the
        five property types in the index, up from fifth place in the previous
        quarter.


                                Retail Property Returns
                                Russell - NCREIF Index
                                Third Quarter 1994 (%)
                                ______________________


        Period            Income    Appreciation      Total    Change in CPI


        3rd Qtr. 1994     1.94        - .26           1.67          .94


        2nd Qtr. 1993     1.87        - .74           1.13          .50


        One Year          7.82        -2.11           5.59         2.86


        Three Years       7.36        -5.90           1.13         2.81


        Five Years        6.98        -4.20           2.56         3.59

        _____________________________________________________________________
        Ten Years         7.08          .33           7.42         3.57

        ______________________________________________________________________
        Source: Real Estate Performance Report (3rd Quarter 1994) National
                Council of Real Estate Investment Fiduciaries and Frank Russell
                Company




        It is noted that the positive total return has been partially affected
        by the capital return component which continues to be negative for the
        last five years.  Finally, it is important to point out that retail has
        outperformed the overall index over the past fifteen years as well as
        every other property type surveyed.  Compared to the CPI, it has
        performed particularly well.

        Evidence has shown that mall property sales which include anchor stores
        have lowered the square foot unit prices for some comparables, and have
        affected investor perceptions.  In our discussions with major shopping
        center owners and investors, we learned that capitalization rates and
        underwriting criteria have become more sensitive to the contemporary
        issues affecting department store anchors.  Traditionally, department
        stores have been an integral component of a successful shopping center
        and, therefore, of similar investment quality if they were performing
        satisfactorily.

        During the 1980's a number of acquisitions, hostile take-overs and
        restructurings occurred in the department store industry which changed
        the playing field forever.  Weighted down by intolerable debt, combined
        with a slumping economy and a shift in shopping patterns, the end of
        the decade was marked by a number of bankruptcy filings unsurpassed in
        the industry's history.  Evidence of further weakening continued into
        1991-1992 with filings by such major firms as Carter Hawley Hale, P.A.
        Bergner & Company, and Macy's.  In early 1994, Woodward & Lothrop
        announced a bankruptcy involving two department store divisions that
        dominate the Philadelphia and Washington D.C. markets.  More recently,
        however, department stores have been reporting a return to
        profitability resulting from increased operating economies and higher
        sales volumes.  Sears, once marked by many for extinction, has more
        recently won the praise of analysts.  However, their cost cutting was
        deep and painful as it involved closure to nearly 100 stores.
        Federated Department Stores has also been acclaimed as a text book
        example on how to successfully emerge from bankruptcy.  They have
        recently merged with Macy's to form one of the nation's largest
        department store companies with sales in excess of $13.0 billion
        dollars.

        With all this in mind, investors are looking more closely at the
        strength of the anchors when evaluating an acquisition.  Most of our
        survey respondents were of the opinion that they were indifferent to
        acquiring a center that included the anchors versus stores that were
        independently owned if they were good performers.  However, where an
        acquisition includes anchor stores, the resulting cash flow is
        typically segregated with the income attributed to anchors (base plus
        percentage rent) analyzed at a higher cap rate then that produced by
        the mall shops.



Property Sales


        The 46 sales (1991-94) presented in this analysis show a wide variety
        of prices on a per unit basis, ranging from $95 per square foot up to
        $556 per square foot of total GLA purchased.  Alternatively, the
        overall capitalization rates that can be extracted from each
        transaction range from 5.60 percent to 10.29 percent.  One obvious
        explanation for the wide unit variation is the inclusion or exclusion
        of anchor store square footage which has the tendency to distort unit
        prices for some comparables.  Other sales include only mall shop area
        where small space tenants have higher rents and higher retail sales per
        square foot.  A shopping center sale without anchors, therefore, gains
        all the benefits of anchor/small space synergy without the purchase of
        the anchor square footage.  This drives up unit prices to over $250 per
        square foot, with most sales over $300 per square foot of salable area.

        Data through 1994 shows 7 confirmed transactions with an average unit
        rate of $182 per square foot.  We do recognize that the survey is
        skewed by the size of the sample and the quality of the product which
        transferred, which is viewed, on average, as being inferior to many of
        the properties which sold during 1991-1993.  As of this writing, we
        have been unable to confirm several other transactions which we feel
        will serve to change the averages cited herein.

        The fourteen sales included for 1991 show an average price per square
        foot sold of $264 and a mean of $282.  On the basis of mall shop GLA
        sold, these sales present an average price of $358 per square foot and
        a mean of $357.  Capitalization rates range from 5.60 to 7.82 percent
        with an overall mean of 6.44 percent.  The mean terminal capitalization
        rate is approximately 100 basis points higher, or 7.33 percent.  Yield
        rates range between 10.75 and 13.00 percent, with a mean of 11.52
        percent for those sales reporting IRR expectancies.

        In 1992, the eleven transactions display prices ranging from $136 to
        $511 per square foot of GLA sold, with a weighted average of $239 and a
        mean of $259 per square foot.  For mall shop area sold, the 1992 sales
        suggest a mean price of $320 per square foot.  Capitalization rates
        range between 6.00 and 7.97 percent with the mean cap rate calculated
        at 7.31 percent for 1992.  For sales reporting a going-out cap rate,
        the mean is shown to be 7.75 percent.  Yield rates again range from
        10.75 to around 12.00 percent with a mean of 11.56 percent.

        For 1993, a total of fourteen transactions have been tracked.  These
        sales show an overall weighted average sale price of $250 per square
        foot based upon total GLA sold and $394 per square foot based solely
        upon mall GLA sold.  The respective means equate to $265 and $383 per
        square foot for total GLA and mall shop GLA sold, respectively.
        Capitalization rates continued to rise in 1993, showing a range between
        7.00 and 9.00 percent.  The overall mean has been calculated to be 7.65
        percent.  For sales reporting estimated terminal cap rates, the mean is
        equal to 7.78 percent.  Yield rates for 1993 sales range from 10.75 to
        12.50 percent with a mean of 11.49 percent for those sales reporting
        IRR expectancies.  On balance, the year was notable for the number of
        dominant Class A malls which transferred.  Some of the more prominent
        deals include:

        Sale 93-1, The Galleria at Ft. Lauderdale, was purchased in December of
        1993 by a pension fund advisor for an institutional investor.  The
        property achieved an OAR of 7.47 percent and is considered to be a
        strong mall with good growth potential.

        Sale 93-2 involved the Kenwood Towne Centre, Cincinnati's high end
        fashion mall anchored by Lazarus, McAlpin's and Parisian.  Sales were
        forecasted in excess of $400 per square foot in 1994.

        Sale 93-4 was a year end deal in which Homart sold their 50 percent
        interest in the Arden Fair Mall in Sacramento, California.  This is
        considered to be one of Homart's best malls, having recently undergone
        a major renovation and expansion.  Arden Fair is Sacramento's dominant
        mall, achieving a 7.00 percent cap at sale.

        Sale 93-5 involved the Fiesta Mall, a dominant mall in the Phoenix
        area.  The mall was acquired by L&B Group for an undisclosed investment
        fund.  The high unit price per square foot and low capitalization rate
        are indicative of the Fiesta Mall's strong market appeal.

        Sale 93-6 is the Coronado Center, the dominant super-regional mall in
        Albuquerque, New Mexico.  The property reported average mall shop sales
        of $250 per square foot at sale and achieved a reported OAR of 7.30
        percent.

        Sale 93-7 was the purchase of the remaining interest (29.5 percent) in
        a strong super-regional mall in suburban Portland, Oregon.  A pension
        fund purchased this interest at a reported cap rate of 7.75 percent,
        reflective of the minority position of the buyer.

        Sale 93-8 The Garden State Plaza sold in July 1993 at an implied OAR of
        7.40 percent.  This is one of the truly dominant regional malls in the
        country which sold to a Dutch pension fund.  The implied 100 percent
        purchase price was nearly twice the size of the next largest deal.

        Sale 93-10 is the Carolina Place in Charlotte, North Carolina which
        sold in June 1993 at an overall rate of 7.11 percent.  This is a high
        profile property which sold to a New York State pension fund after 15
        months of negotiations.

        Sale 93-12 was sold by DeBartolo to the same Dutch pension fund
        purchasing the Garden State Plaza.  The Florida Mall sold in March of
        1993 at a cap rate of 7.48 percent.  With mall shop sales of $447 per
        square foot, this was one of DeBartolo's best producing malls. During
        1994 many of the closed transactions have involved second and third
        tier malls with investment characteristics substantially below the
        subject property.  Probably the most significant sale involved the
        Riverchase Galleria, a 1.2 million square foot center in Hoover,
        Alabama.  LaSalle Partners purchased the mall of behalf of the
        Pennsylvania Public School Employment Retirement System for $175.0
        million.  The reported cap rate was approximately 7.4 percent.  Another
        significant deal involved Strafford Square, a six anchor mall in the
        Chicago area which sold for a 7.5 percent cap rate.

        While these unit prices implicitly contain both the physical and
        economic factors affecting the real estate, the statistics do not
        explicitly convey many of the details surrounding a specific property.
        Thus, this single index to the valuation of the subject property has
        limited direct application.  For those centers selling just mall shop
        GLA, prices range from approximately $203 to $556 per square foot of
        salable area.  In 1991, the mean for these transactions was $337 per
        square foot.  In 1992, the mean for the three sales was $381 per square
        foot.  In 1993, the sale of the mall shop space only shows a mean of
        $351 per square foot.  In 1994, the mean fell to $189 per square foot.
        The following table depicts this data.


        
                                        CHART A
                                  Regional Mall Sales
                             Involving Mall Shop Space Only
                             ______________________________

             1991               1992                1993             1994
    _________________________________________________________________________
          Unit  NOI          Unit   NOI         Unit  NOI         Unit  NOI
    Sale# Rate per SF  Sale# Rate  per SF Sale# Rate per SF Sale# Rate per SF
    _________________________________________________________________________

    91- 1 $257 $15.93  92- 2 $348 $25.27 93- 1* $355 $23.42 94-5 $136 $14.00
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91- 2 $232 $17.65  92- 9 $511 $33.96 93- 4  $471 $32.95 94-7 $241 $18.16
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91- 5 $203 $15.89  92-11 $283 $19.79 93- 5  $396 $28.88
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-6 $399 $24.23                     93- 7 $265 $20.55
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91- 7 $395 $24.28                    93-14  $268 $19.18
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-8 $320 $19.51
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-10 $556 $32.22
    _________________________________________________________________________

    Mean  $337 $21.39  Mean  $381 $26.34  Mean  $351 $25.00      $189 $16.08
    _________________________________________________________________________

    * Sale included peripheral GLA.
    _________________________________________________________________________ 

   1991               1992                1993             1994



    Alternately, where anchor store GLA has been included in the sale, the unit
    rate is shown to range widely from $108 to $385 per square foot of salable
    area, indicating a mean of $227 per square foot in 1991, $213 per square
    foot in 1992, $221 per square foot in 1993, and $181 per square foot in
    1994.   The chart following depicts this data.


                                    Chart B
                               Regional Mall Sales
                      Involving Mall Shops and Anchor GLA

    _________________________________________________________________________
          Unit  NOI          Unit   NOI         Unit  NOI         Unit  NOI
    Sale# Rate per SF  Sale# Rate  per SF Sale# Rate per SF Sale# Rate per SF
    _________________________________________________________________________

    91- 3 $156 $11.30  92- 1 $258 $20.24 93- 2* $225 $17.15 94-1 $112 $ 9.89
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91- 4 $228 $16.50  92- 3 $197 $14.17 93- 3  $135 $11.14 94-2 $166 $13.86
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91- 9 $193 $12.33  92- 4 $385 $29.43 93- 6  $224 $16.39 94-3 $ 95 $ 8.57
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-11 $234 $13.36  92-5  $182 $14.22 93- 8  $279 $20.66 94-4 $155 $13.92
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-12 $287 $17.83  92-6  $203 $16.19 93- 9* $289 $24.64 94-6 $378 $27.99
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-13 $242 $13.56  92-7  $181 $13.60 93-10  $194 $13.77
    _________________________________________________________________________
    91-14 $248 $14.87  92-8  $136 $ 8.18 93-11  $108 $ 9.75
    _________________________________________________________________________
                       92-10 $161 $12.07 93-12  $322 $24.10
    _________________________________________________________________________
                                         93-13  $214 $16.57
    _________________________________________________________________________

    Mean  $227 $14.25  Mean  $213 $16.01  Mean  $221 $17.13      $181 $14.85
    _________________________________________________________________________

    * Sale included peripheral GLA.
    _________________________________________________________________________



Analysis of Sales

        We have presented a summary of recent transactions (1991-1994)
        involving regional and super-regional-sized retail shopping malls from
        which price trends may be identified for the extraction of value
        parameters.  These transactions have been segregated by year of
        acquisition so as to lend additional perspective on our analysis.
        Comparability in both physical and economic characteristics are the
        most important criteria for analyzing sales in relation to the subject
        property.  However, it is also extremely important to recognize the
        fact that regional shopping malls are distinct entities by virtue of
        age and design, visibility and accessibility, the market segmentation
        created by anchor stores and tenant mix, the size and purchasing power
        of the particular trade area, and competency of management.  Thus, the
        "Sales Comparison Approach", when applied to a property such as the
        subject can, at best, only outline the parameters in which the typical
        investor operates.  The majority of sales transferred either on an all
        cash (100 percent equity) basis or its equivalent utilizing
        market-based financing.  Where necessary, we have adjusted the purchase
        price to its cash equivalent basis for the purpose of comparison.

        As suggested, sales which include anchors typically have lower square
        foot unit prices.  In our discussions with major shopping center owners
        and investors, we learned that capitalization rates and underwriting
        criteria have become more sensitive to the contemporary issues dealing
        with the department store anchors.  As such, investors are looking more
        closely than ever at the strength of the anchors when evaluating an
        acquisition.

        As the reader shall see, we have attempted to make comparisons of the
        transactions to the subject primarily along economic lines.  For the
        most part, the transactions have involved dominant or strong Class A
        centers in top 50 MSA locations which generally have solid, expanding
        trade areas and good income profiles.  It is noted that, when viewed in
        terms of unit sales productivity (sales per square foot of mall shop
        GLA), the subject would rank near the mid point of the range exhibited
        which implicitly lends insight into this analysis.

        Because the subject is theoretically selling only mall shop GLA and
        owned department stores, we will look at the recent sales involving
        both types in Chart A more closely.  As a basis for comparison, the
        subject has a calendar year 1995 NOI of $21.84 per square foot, based
        upon 201,561 square feet of owned GLA.  The derivation of the
        subject's projected first year (CY 1995) net operating income is
        presented in the "Income Approach" section of this report.  With NOI of
        $21.84 per square foot, the subject falls at the mid-point of the range
        exhibited by the comparable sales.  These sales display an NOI range of
        $16.08 to $26.34 per square foot over the past four years.  The mean
        NOI for the specific transactions in 1991 was $21.39 per square foot.
        In 1992 we track the mean to be $26.34 per square foot.  The 1993
        transactions show a mean net income of $25.00 per square foot and in
        1994 it was $16.08 per square foot of total GLA sold.

        Since the income that an asset will produce has direct bearing on the
        price that a purchaser is willing to pay, it is obvious that a unit
        price which falls above the range indicated by the comparables would be
        applicable to the subject.  As articulated, the mean sale price for
        these comparable sales ranges between $181 and $227 per square foot of
        GLA sold.  The subject's anticipated net income can be initially
        compared to the composite mean of the annual transactions in order to
        place the subject in a frame of reference.  This is shown on the
        following chart.


        Sales Year     Mean NOI (A)     Subject Forecast (B)    Subject Ratio
        _____________________________________________________________________
           1991          $21.39              $21.84                102%
        _____________________________________________________________________

           1992          $26.34              $21.84                 83%
        _____________________________________________________________________
           1993          $25.00              $21.84                 87%
        _____________________________________________________________________

           1994          $16.08              $21.84                136%
        ____________________________________________________________________



        With first year NOI forecasted at approximately 83 to 136 percent of
        the mean of these sales in each year, the unit price for the subject
        property would be expected to fall within a relative range.

	Net Income Multiplier Method

        Many of the comparables were bought on expected income, not gross
        leasable area, making unit prices a somewhat subjective reflection of
        investment behavior regarding regional malls.  In order to quantify the
        appropriate adjustments to the indicated per square foot unit values,
        we have compared the subject's first year pro forma net operating
        income to the pro forma income of the individual sale properties.  In
        our opinion, a buyer's criteria for the purchase of a retail property
        is predicated primarily on the property's income characteristics.
        Thus, we have identified a relationship between the net operating
        income and the sales price of the property.  Typically, a higher net
        operating income per square foot corresponds to a higher sales price
        per square foot.  Therefore, this adjustment incorporates factors such
        as location, tenant mix, rent levels, operating characteristics, and
        building quality.

        Provided below, we have extracted the net income multiplier from each
        of the improved sales.  The equation for the net income multiplier
        (NIM), which is the inverse of the equation for the capitalization rate
        (OAR), is calculated as follows:


			NIM   =			Sales Price
                                                Net Operating Income

        We have included only the more recent sales data (1993/1994).


                NOI AS A FUNCTION OF $/SF
                _________________________

        Sale Number     NOI/SF       Sales Price/SF
        _____________________________________________

        93- 1           $23.42          $355
        93- 4           $32.95          $471
        93- 5           $28.88          $396
        93- 7           $20.55          $265
        93-14           $19.18          $268
        94- 5           $14.00          $136
        94- 7           $18.16          $241
        _____________________________________________


        The range of net income multipliers and going-in capitalization rates
        exhibited by the various regional mall sales are summarized on the
        following table.




                     Net Income Multiplier
                     _____________________

                        Going-In             Net Income
        Sale       Capitalization Rate       Multiplier
        _______________________________________________


        93- 1           7.47%                   15.2
        93- 4           7.00%                   14.3
        93- 5           7.29%                   13.7
        93- 7           7.75%                   12.9
        93-14           7.16%                   14.0
        94- 5          10.29%                    9.7
        94- 7           7.53%                   13.3
        ______________________________________________


        Valuation of the subject property utilizing the net income multipliers
        (NIM) from the comparable properties accounts for the disparity of the
        net operating incomes ($NOI's) per square foot between the comparables
        and the subject.  Within this technique, each of the adjusted NIM's are
        multiplied by the $NOI per square foot of the subject, which produces
        an adjusted value indication for the subject.  The net operating income
        per square foot for the subject property is calculated as the first
        year of the holding period, as detailed in the Income Approach section
        of this report.


                        Adjusted Unit Rate Summary
                        __________________________


        Sale       Net Income       Subject       Indicated
        No.        Multiplier       NOI $/SF      Price $/SF
        ____________________________________________________
        93- 1         15.2           $21.84        $332

        93- 4         14.3           $21.84        $312

        93- 5         13.7           $21.84        $299

        93- 7         12.9           $21.84        $282

        93-14         14.0           $21.84        $306

        94- 5          9.7           $21.84        $212

        94- 7         13.3           $21.84        $290
        _______________________________________________

        Overall
        Average       13.3                         $290
        _______________________________________________



        From the process above, we see that the indicated net income
        multipliers range from 9.7 to 15.2 with a mean of 13.3.  The adjusted
        unit rates range from $212 to $332 per square foot of owned GLA.

        We recognize that the sale price per square foot of gross leasable
        area, including land, implicitly contains both the physical and
        economic factors of the value of a shopping center.  Such statistics by
        themselves, however, do not explicitly convey many of the details
        surrounding a specific income producing property like the subject.
        Nonetheless, the process we have undertaken here is an attempt to
        quantify the unit price based upon the subject's income producing
        potential.

        We see that while the subject's net income ranks at the mid-point of
        the sale transactions.  Furthermore, we recognize that most of these
        transactions involved dominant, Class A malls with good income growth
        potential.  On balance, we would characterize the subject as less
        desirable than these sales which would warrant a unit rate at the low
        end of the range. Considering the characteristics of the subject
        relative to the above, we believe that a unit rate range of $225 to
        $235 per square foot is appropriate.  Applying this unit rate range to
        the 201,561 square feet of owned GLA results in a value of
        approximately $45,350,000 to $47,350,000 for the subject as shown
        below.


		201,561 SF	201,561 SF
                x     $225      x     $235
		$45,351,225	$47,366,835

	Estimated Value - Market Sales Unit Rate Comparison
                   $45,350,000 to $47,350,000


Sales Multiple Method	

        Arguably, it is the mall shop GLA sold and its intrinsic economic
        profile that is of principal concern in the investment decision
        process.  On the basis of mall shop GLA sold, the transactions for this
        category show unit rates ranging from $136 to nearly $556 per square
        foot.  A myriad of factors influence this rate, perhaps none of which
        is more important than the sales performance of the mall shop tenants.
        Accordingly, the abstraction of a sales multiple from each transaction
        lends additional perspective to this analysis.

        The sales multiple measure is often used as a relative indicator of the
        reasonableness of the acquisition price.  As a rule of thumb, investors
        will look at a sales multiple of 1.0 as a benchmark, and will look to
        keep it within a range of .75 to 1.25 times mall shop sales performance
        unless there are compelling reasons why a particular property should
        deviate.

        The sales multiple is defined as the sales price per square foot of
        mall GLA  divided by average mall shop sales per square foot.  As this
        reasonableness test is predicated upon the economics of the mall shops,
        technically, any income (and hence value) attributed to anchors that
        are acquired with the mall as tenants should be segregated from the
        transaction.  As an income (or sales) multiple has an inverse
        relationship with a capitalization rate, it is consistent that, if a
        relatively low capitalization rate is selected for a property, it
        follows that a correspondingly above-average sales (or income) multiple
        be applied.  In most instances we are not privy to the anchor's
        contributions to net income.  As such, the sales multiples reported may
        be slightly distorted to the extent that the imputed value of the
        anchor's contribution to the purchase price has not been segregated.


                               Sales Multiple Summary
                               ______________________

                              Sale No.        Multiple
                              ________________________

                               93- 1            .92
                               93- 4           1.16
                               93- 5           1.16
                               93- 7            .88
                               93-14           1.09
                               94- 5            .72
                               94- 7            .93
                               ______________________
                               Mean             .98
                               ______________________
	


        The fourteen sales that are being compared to the subject show sales
        multiples that range from .72 to 1.16 with a mean of about .98.  As is
        evidenced, the more productive malls with higher sales volumes on a per
        square foot basis tend to have higher sales multiples.  Furthermore,
        the higher multiples tend to be in evidence where an anchor(s) is
        included in the sale.

        Based upon forecasted 1994 performance, together with our assumption
        that sales will decline by 1.5 percent, the subject is projected to
        produce comparable sales equal to approximately $262 per square foot in
        1995 for all tenants.

        In the case of the subject, the overall capitalization rate being
        utilized for this analysis is considered to be slightly above the mean
        exhibited by the comparable sales.  As such, we would be inclined to
        utilize a multiple below the mean indicated by the sales.  As such, we
        will utilize a lower sales multiple to apply to just the mall shop
        space.  Applying a ratio of, say, .80 to .85 to the forecasted sales of
        $262 per square foot, the following range in value would be indicated.

        Unit Sales Volume (Mall Shops)  $             262  $       262
        Sales Multiple                  x             .80  x       .85
        Adjusted Unit Rate              $             210  $       223

        Mall Shops GLA                  x   201,561        x   201,561
        Value Indication                $42,328,000        $44,948,000


        The analysis shows an adjusted value range of approximately $42.3 to
        $44.9 million.  Inherent in this exercise are mall shop sales which are
        projections based on our investigation into the market which might not
        fully measure investor's expectations.  It is clearly difficult to
        project with any certainty what the mall shops might achieve in the
        future.  While we may minimize the weight we place on this analysis, it
        does, nonetheless, offer a reasonableness check against the other
        methodologies.  We have also considered in this analysis the fact that
        anchor tenants (JC Penney and Kohl's) contribute approximately $359,900
        in revenues in 1995.  These revenues comprise ground rent obligations
        and percentage rent.  If we were to capitalize this revenue separately
        at a 10 percent rate, the resultant effect on value is approximately
        $3.6 million.

        Arguably, department stores have qualities that add certain increments
        of risk over and above regional malls, wherein risk is mitigated by the
        diversity of the store types.  A recent Cushman & Wakefield survey of
        free-standing retail building sales consisting of net leased discount
        department stores, membership warehouse clubs, and home improvement
        centers, displayed a range in overall capitalization rates between 8.9
        and 10.9 percent with a mean of approximately 9.6 percent.  All of the
        sales occurred with credit worthy national tenants in place.  The
        buildings ranged from 86,479 to 170,000 square feet and were located in
        high volume destination retail areas.

        Trends indicate that investors have shown a shift in preference to
        initial return and, as will be discussed in a subsequent section,
        overall capitalization rates have been showing increases over the past
        several years.  Moreover, when the acquisition of a shopping mall
        includes anchor department stores, investors will typically segregate
        income attributable to the anchors and analyze these revenues with
        higher capitalization rates than those revenues produced by the mall
        shops.  Therefore, based upon the preceding discussion, it is our
        opinion that overall capitalization rates for department stores are
        reasonably reflected by a range of 9.5 to 10.5 percent.

        Therefore, adding the anchor income's implied contribution to value of
        $3.6 million, the resultant range is shown to be approximately $45.9 to
        $48.5 million. Giving consideration to all of the above, the following
        value range is warranted for the subject property based upon the sales
        multiple analysis.

                        Estimated Value - Sales Multiple Method
                        Rounded to $46,000,000 to $48,500,000


Conclusion

        We have considered all of the above relative to the physical and
        economic characteristics of the subject.  It is difficult to relate the
        subject to comparables that are in such widely divergent markets with
        different cash flow characteristics.  The subject does best fit the
        profile of an older mall that is merchandised well to meet the needs of
        its trade area.  We do note that the subject's upside potential appears
        good as the lease-up of the vacant space and the repositioning of
        tenants continues.  Much of the vacancy is attributed to the space
        taken back in the Carson's Throat strategy.  As will be seen in the
        Income Approach,  NOI in the first full year of investment, 1995 is
        almost 8.0 percent below 1996 levels.  Furthermore, NOI is projected to
        increase by an additional 5.0 percent in 1997.  As such, we see good
        near term upside potential in the mall.

        We recognize that an investor would view the subject's position as
        being vulnerable to new competition.  The subject is located in an area
        that has declined somewhat in recent years in terms of its
        demographics.  While its principal trade area cites continued
        population, household and income growth, the positive changes are
        occurring in the more outlying communities where new competition is
        proposed.  Furthermore, the physical condition of the mall is nearing
        the stage when some significant capital expenditures are needed to
        maintain its market share at the minimum.  Finally, Dayton's operating
        covenant expires in 1996 and there will likely be some expenditure on
        ownership's part in order to induce them to stay.

        After considering all of the available market data in conjunction with
        the characteristics of the subject property, the indices of investment
        that generated our value ranges are as follows:


Unit Price Per Square Foot


Salable SF:		201,561

Price Per SF of
Salable Area:           $225 to $235

Indicated Value
Range:                  $45,350,000 to $47,350,000

Sales Multiple Analysis

        Indicated Value
        Range           $46,000,000 to $48,500,000

        The parameters above show a range of approximately $45.3 to $48.5
        million for the subject.

        Based on our total analysis relative to the strengths and weaknesses of
        each methodology, it would appear that the Sales Comparison Approach
        indicates a market value within the more defined range of $45,500,000
        to $48,000,000 for Brookdale Center.

        However, as is discussed in further detail in the Income Approach, we
        have forecasted that a significant amount of capital expenditures are
        necessary.  Furthermore, as the lease-up is forecasted to continue over
        the next two years, a prospective buyer would incur tenant improvement
        allowances.  Finally, we have also accounted for costs with respect to
        extending Dayton's operating covenant and a mall-wide renovation in
        1997.  It is our opinion that a prudent buyer would take these expenses
        into consideration when viewing the property in its full context.  We
        have calculated the present value of these expenditures to be
        approximately $11.62 million.  By deducting this expense from the
        estimates above, a range in value between $33,900,000 and $36,400,000
        is indicated for the subject property by the Sales Comparison Approach,
        as of January 1, 1995.


                                      INCOME APPROACH



Introduction

        The Income Approach is based upon the economic principle that the value
        of a property capable of producing income is the present worth of
        anticipated future net benefits.  The net income projected is
        translated into a present value indication using the capitalization
        process.  There are various methods of capitalization that are based on
        inherent assumptions concerning the quality, durability and pattern of
        the income projection.

        Where the pattern of income is irregular due to existing leases that
        will terminate at staggered, future dates, or to an absorption or
        stabilization requirement on a newer development, the discounted cash
        flow analysis is the most accurate.

        Discounted Cash Flow Analysis (DCF) is a method of estimating the
        present worth of future cash flow expectancies by individually
        discounting each anticipated collection at an appropriate discount
        rate.  The indicated market value by this approach is the accumulation
        of the present worth of future projected years' net income (before
        income taxes and depreciation) and the present worth of the reversion
        of the estimated property value at the end of the projection period.
        The estimated value of the reversion at the end of the projection
        period is based on the capitalization of the next year's projected net
        income.  This is the more appropriate method to use in this assignment,
        given the step up in lease rates and the long term tenure of retail
        tenants.

        A second method of valuation, using the Income Approach, is to directly
        capitalize a stabilized net income based on rates extracted from the
        market or built up through mortgage equity analysis.  This is a valid
        method of estimating the market value of the property as of the
        achievement of stabilized operations.  In the case of the subject,
        operations are forecasted to achieve stabilization within a relatively
        short time frame.  Thus, the direct capitalization method will provide
        additional support in the valuation process.


Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

        The Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) produces an estimate of value through an
        economic analysis of the subject property in which the net income
        generated by the asset is converted to a capital sum at an appropriate
        rate.  First, the revenues which a fully informed investor can expect
        the subject to produce over a specified time horizon are established
        through an analysis of the current rent roll, as well as the rental
        market for similar properties.  Second, the projected expenses incurred
        in generating these gross revenues are deducted.  Finally, the residual
        net income is discounted into a capital sum at an appropriate rate
        which is then indicative of the subject property's current value in the
        marketplace.

        In this Income Approach to the valuation of Brookdale Center, we have
        utilized a 10 year holding period for the investment with the cash flow
        analysis commencing on January 1, 1995.  Although an asset such as the
        subject has a much longer useful life, an investment analysis becomes
        more meaningful if limited to a time period considerably less than the
        real estate's economic life, but of sufficient length for an investor.
        A 10-year holding period for this investment is long enough to model
        the asset's performance and benefit from its continued lease-up and
        remerchandising, but short enough to reasonably estimate the expected
        income and expenses of the real estate.

        The revenues and expenses which an informed investor may expect to
        incur from the subject property will vary, without a doubt, over the
        holding period.  Major investors active in the market for this type of
        real estate establish certain parameters in the computation of these
        cash flows and criteria for decision making which this valuation
        analysis must include if it is to be truly market-oriented.  These
        current computational parameters are dependent upon market conditions
        in the area of the subject property as well as the market parameters
        for this type of real estate which we view as being national in scale.

        By forecasting the anticipated income stream and discounting future
        value at reversion to current value, the capitalization process may be
        applied to derive a value that an investor would pay to receive that
        particular income stream.  Typical investors price real estate on their
        expectations of the magnitude of these benefits and their judgement of
        the risks involved.  Our valuation endeavors to reflect the most likely
        actions of typical buyers and sellers of property interest similar to
        the subject.  In this regard we see Brookdale Center as a long term
        investment opportunity for a competent owner/developer. An analytical
        real estate computer model that simulates the behavioral aspects of the
        property and examines the results mathematically is employed for the
        discounted cash flow analysis. In this instance, it is the PRO-JECT
        Plus+ computer model.  Since investors are the basis of the marketplace
        in which the subject property will be bought and sold, this type of
        analysis is particularly germane to the appraisal problem at hand.  On
        the facing page is a summary of the expected annual cash flows from the
        operation of the subject over the stated investment holding period.

        A general outline summary of the major steps involved may be listed as
        follows:

        1)      Analysis of the income stream:  establishment of an economic
                (market) rent for the tenant space; projection of future
                revenues annually based upon the existing and pending leases,
                probable renewals at market rentals, and expected vacancy
                experience;

        2)      An estimate of reasonable period of time to achieve stabilized
                occupancy of the existing property and make all necessary
                improvements for marketability;

        3)      Analysis of projected escalation recovery income based upon an
                analysis of the property's history as well as the experiences of
                reasonably similar properties;

        5)      A derivation of the most probable net operating income and
                pre-tax cash flow (net operating income) less reserves, tenant
                improvements, and any extraordinary expenses (such as asbestos 
                removal)
                to be generated by the property by subtracting all property 
                expenses
                from the effective gross income;

        6)      Estimation of a reversionary sales price based upon a
                capitalization of the net operating income (before reserves, 
                tenant
                improvements and leasing commissions or other capital items).


        Following is a detailed discussion of the components which form the
        basis of this analysis.


Potential Gross Revenues


The total potential gross revenues generated by the subject property are
composed of a number of distinct elements; a minimum rent determined by lease
agreement, an additional overage rent based upon a percentage of retail sales,
a reimbursement of certain expenses incurred in the ownership and operation of
the real estate, and other miscellaneous revenues.

        The minimum base rent represents a legal contract establishing a return
        to the investors in the real estate, while the passing of certain
        expenses onto the tenants serves to maintain this return in an era of
        continually rising costs of operation.  The additional rent based upon
        a percentage of retail sales experienced at the subject property serves
        to preserve the purchasing power of the residual income to an equity
        investor over time.  Finally, miscellaneous income adds an additional
        important source of revenue in the complete operation of the subject
        property.  In the initial year of the investment, 1995, it is projected
        that the subject property will generate approximately $10,495,686 in
        potential gross revenues, equivalent to $52.07 per square foot of total
        appraised (owned) GLA of 201,561 square feet.  Mall GLA as used herein
        refers to the total of in-line shops area and kiosks as reconfigured
        with the Carson's Throat area having been taken back.  These forecasted
        revenues are allocated to the following components:


                                Brookdale Center
                                Revenue Summary
                       Initial Year of Investment - 1995
        ______________________________________________________________________

        Revenue Component        Amount        Unit Rate *        Income Ratio
        ______________________________________________________________________

        Minimum Rent        $ 4,291,997 **        $21.29             40.9%
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Overage Rent        $   277,790 ***       $ 1.38              2.6%
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Expense Recoveries  $ 5,515,899           $27.37             52.6%
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Miscell. Income     $   410,000           $ 2.03              3.9%
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Total               $10,495,686           $52.07            100.0%

        ______________________________________________________________________
        *  Reflects total owned GLA of 201,561 SF as reconfigured

        **  Net of free rent

        ***   Net of recaptures
        ______________________________________________________________________


Minimum Rental Income


        The minimum rent produced by the subject property is derived from that
        paid by the various tenant types.  The projection utilized in this
        analysis is based upon the actual rent roll and our projected leasing
        schedule in place as of the date of appraisal, together with our
        assumptions as to the absorption of the vacant space, market rent
        growth rates and renewal/turnover probability.  We have also made
        specific assumptions regarding the re-tenanting of the mall based upon
        deals that are in progress and have a strong likelihood of coming to
        fruition.  In this regard, we have worked with General Growth
        management and leasing personnel and analyzed each pending deal on a
        case by case basis.  We have incorporated all executed leases in our
        analysis.  For those pending leases that are substantially along in the
        negotiating process and are believed to have a reasonable likelihood of
        being completed, we have reflected those terms in our cash flow.  These
        transactions represent a reasonable and prudent assumption from an
        investor's standpoint.

        The rental income which an asset such as the subject property will
        generate for an investor is analyzed as to its quality, quantity and
        durability.  The quality and probable duration of income will affect
        the amount of risk which an informed investor may expect over the
        property's useful life.  The segregation of the income stream along
        these lines allows us to control the variables related to the center's
        forecasted performance with greater accuracy.  Each tenant type lends
        itself to a specific weighting of these variables as the risk
        associated with each varies.

        The minimum rents forecasted at the subject property are essentially
        derived from various tenant categories: major tenant revenue consisting
        of ground rent obligations of JC Penney and Kohl's; mall tenant
        revenues consisting of all in-line mall shops.  As a sub-category of
        in-line shop rents, we have segregated kiosk revenues.

        In our investigation and analysis of the marketplace, we have surveyed,
        and ascertained where possible, rent levels being commanded by
        competing centers.  However, it should be recognized that large retail
        shopping malls are generally considered to be separate entities by
        virtue of age and design, accessibility, visibility, tenant mix and the
        size and purchasing power of its trade area.  Consequently, the best
        measure of minimum rental income is its actual rent roll leasing
        schedule. As such, our a analysis of recently negotiated leases for new
        and relocation tenants at the subject provides important insight into
        perceived market rent levels for the mall.  Insomuch as a tenant's
        ability to pay rent is based upon expected sales achievement, the level
        of negotiated rents is directly related to the individual tenant's
        perception of their expected performance at the mall.



Interior Mall Shops


        Rent from all interior mall tenants comprise the majority of minimum
        rent.  Aggregate rent from the mall shops in the calendar year 1995 is
        shown to be $4,096,067.  Minimum rent may be allocated to the following
        components:

                                                                             
                                    Brookdale Center
                                Minimum Rent Allocation
                                   Interior Mall Shops
                                _______________________


                1995 Revenue        Applicable GLA *        Unit Rate (SF)
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Mall Shops       $3,776,590           196,395 SF               $19.23
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Kiosks           $  319,477             5,166 SF               $61.84
        _____________________________________________________________________

        Total            $4,096,067           201,561 SF               $20.32
        _____________________________________________________________________

        *  Represents leasable area as opposed to actual leased or occupied
           area exclusive of non-owned space.
        _____________________________________________________________________



        Our analysis of market rent levels for the in-line shops has resolved
        itself to a variety of influencing factors.  Although it is typical
        that larger tenant spaces are leased at lower per square foot rates and
        lower percentages, the type of tenant as well as the variable of
        location within the mall can often distort this size/rate relationship.

        Typically, we would view the rent attainment levels in the existing
        mall as being representative of the total property.  However, the
        center is characterized by many older leases, some of which date back
        over 10 years.  In addition, because of the reconfiguration of the
        Sears court in 1993 through 1994, management had pursued a leasing
        strategy that has kept certain leases on short terms that will enable
        them to selectively terminate a tenant, relocate or expand others and
        generally allow for greater flexibility to accommodate the needs of
        more desirable tenants.

        Leasing activity 1994 was characterized by a number of extensive
        changes throughout the mall, most notable of which was the completion
        of the Carson's Throat area.  This was completed at a cost of
        approximately $1 million and was available for tenant leasing during
        the year. Provided below is a summary of some of the new leasing
        activity for 1994 throughout the mall.

                 Hoff Jewelers took Space 179 which is located at the corner of
                 the Carson's Throat area and the main concourse.  The tenant
                 took a total of 1,322 square feet for ten years, at an initial
                 rent of $60.00 per square foot for the first four years,
                 $65.00 per square foot for the next three and then $70.00 per
                 square foot thereafter.

                 Regis Hair Stylist took Space 168 which is in the former
                 Carson's Throat area.  The space contains 1,103 square feet.
                 The tenant took it for ten years with a rent of $29.00 per
                 square foot for years one through five and $31.00 per square
                 foot for years six through 10.

                 Champs took space 183, a prime suite of 5,134 square feet on
                 the center concourse.  The lease commenced in November, 1994
                 for approximately ten years at a flat rent of $18.00 per
                 square foot.  The tenant received a tenant improvement
                 allowance of $128,750, equivalent to approximately $25.00 per
                 square foot which will be funded in 1995.

                 Auntie Anne's took Space 3513, is a permanent kiosk containing
                 294 square feet, for approximately nine years.  The $85.00 per
                 square foot rent is equivalent to $25,000 per annum.

                 Estes Hallmark, in Space 205, extended their lease for an
                 additional five years at $33.00 per square foot.  They also
                 have one five-year option at $35.00 per square foot.

                 Express Teller in Space 3514 and Marquett Bank in Space 3515,
                 both of which are automatic teller machine leases were
                 extended for three years; the first one at $12,000 per annum
                 and the latter for $13,000 per annum.

                 Food Express a kiosk in Space 3505 exercised their option to
                 renew for four years at $32,500 per annum.

                 Foot Locker currently in Space 145, which consists of 2,038
                 square feet, will expand into part of Space 140, formerly
                 occupied by Bachmans.  Foot Locker would take a total of 3,697
                 square feet; it would be a lease commencing on or about June
                 1995 and would run for approximately ten years at a flat rent
                 of $40.00 per square foot.  This would, as proposed, be an "as
                 is" deal with the tenant responsible for any costs of
                 construction.

                Golden Razor Suite 100 has extended their lease until the year
                 2001.  They have 1,324 square feet and the lease will be for
                 $30.00 per square foot for the first three years, stepping-up
                 to $32.00 per square foot for the balance of the term.

                 The Limited took Suite 165, 7,870 square feet for fifteen
                 years in January 1994.  The initial rent starts at $16.00 per
                 square foot for five years, stepping to $18.00 per square foot
                 for five years and then $20.00 per square foot for the final
                 five years.

                 Original Cookie took Suite 120 containing 1,059 square feet
                 for approximately ten years at a rent of $32.10 per square
                 foot.

                 Tilt took Suite 275, which contains 3,423 square feet.  The
                 lease commenced in August 1994 and expires in January 2005 at
                 a flat rent of $18.00 per square foot.

                 Sbarro took Suite 245 containing 1,801 square feet.  The lease
                 commenced November 1994 and expires January 2005.  It has a
                 flat rent of $28.00 per square foot over the term with the
                 first twelve months abated.

                 Hair by Stewarts took Suite 130 containing 1,209 square feet.
                 The nine year/two month lease commenced in November 1994.  The
                 initial rent of $29.00 per square foot steps to $33.00 and
                 then $37.00 per square foot over the term.

                 Wilsons Suede and Leather exercised their option to renew.
                 They renewed the lease for ten years at a flat rent of $29.00
                 per square foot.  This was an increase from $27.50 per square
                 foot.

                 Gordon Jewelers exercised their option to renew for five years
                 increasing the rent from $40.00 to $45.00 per square foot.

                Naturalizer exercised their option to renew for eight years at
                 $24.00 per square foot.

                Proex Portrait exercised their option to renew for five years
                 in Suite 385.  The rent increased from $30.00 to $50.00 per
                 square foot.

                Piercing Pagoda will lease a new 250 square foot kiosk for
                 four years at $30,000 per annum.


        On the facing page we have summarized and allocated the recent leasing
        (in-line shops only) to the respective size categories which seem
        reasonable size breaks for analysis purposes.  These leases include new
        deals and tenant renewals within the mall.  Since the bulk of the
        recent leasing has been by smaller tenants (under 3,500 square feet),
        we have broadened the scope to include several larger transactions.
        The 38 leases show weighted averages ranging from $16.91 to $50.00 per
        square foot.  As can be seen, the weighted average lease rate is $23.69
        per square foot.




                                Brookdale Center
                            Recent Leasing Activity
                               In-Line Shops Only
                               Allocated by Size
                            _______________________


               Category              No. of Leases        Weighted Average
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 1:    Less Than 750 SF           2                   $50.00
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 2:    751 -  1,200 SF            8                   $39.78
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 3:    1,201 -  2,000 SF          9                   $33.55
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 4:    2,001 -  3,500 SF         10                   $21.37
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 5:     3,501 -  5,000 SF         3                   $26.83
__________________________________________________________________________

Category 6:     5,001 - 10,000 SF         6                   $16.91
__________________________________________________________________________

    First Year Rent Total Average        38                   $23.69
_________________________________________________________________________



        Our experience has generally shown that there is typically an inverse
        relationship between size and rent.  That is to say that the larger
        suites will typically command a lower rent per square foot.  The
        previous chart tends to loosely confirm this observation.

        Category 1 (less than 750 SF) shows an average rent of $50.00 per
        square foot.  The average then declines to $16.91 per square foot for
        Category 6 (5,001 - 10,000 SF).  The only anomaly appears to be
        Category 5 (3,501 - 5,000 SF) wherein the lease rate of $26.83 per
        square foot exceeds Category 4.  This is due to the small sample size
        (three leases) which are skewed by the Foot Locker deal.


Market Comparisons - Occupancy Cost Ratios

        In further support of developing a forecast for market rent levels, we
        have undertaken a comparison of minimum rent to projected sales and
        total occupancy costs to sales ratios.  Generally, our research and
        experience with other regional malls shows that the ratio of minimum
        rent to sales falls within the 8 to 12 percent range in the initial
        year of the lease with 8 percent to 10 percent being most typical.  By
        adding additional costs to the tenant, such as real estate tax and
        common area maintenance recoveries, a total occupancy cost may be
        derived.  Expense recoveries and other tenant charges can add up to 100
        percent of minimum rent and comprise the balance of total tenant costs.

        The typical range for total occupancy cost-to-sales ratios falls
        between 12 and 15 percent.  As a general rule, where sales exceed $250
        to $275 per square foot, 15 percent would be a reasonable cost of
        occupancy.  Experience and research show that most tenants will resist
        total occupancy costs that exceed 16 to 18 percent of sales.  However,
        ratios of upwards to 20 percent are not uncommon.  Obviously, this
        comparison will vary from tenant to tenant and property to property.

        In higher end markets where tenants are able to generate sales above
        industry averages, tenants can generally pay rents which fall toward
        the upper end of the ratio range.  Moreover, if tenants perceive that
        their sales will be increasing at real rates that are in excess of
        inflation, they will typically be more inclined to pay higher initial
        base rents.

        In this context, we have provided an occupancy cost analysis for
        several regional malls with which we have had direct insight over the
        past year.  This information is provided on the following pages.  On
        average, these ratio comparisons provide a realistic check against
        projected market rental rate assumptions.


Occupancy Cost Analysis Chart


From this analysis we see that the ratio of base rent to sales ranges from 6.9
to 10.3 percent, while the total occupancy cost ratios vary from 9.5 to 20.5
percent when all recoverable expenses are included.  The surveyed mean for the
eighteen malls analyzed is 8.7 percent and 14.2 percent, respectively.  Some of
the higher ratios are found in older malls situated in urban areas that have
higher operating structures due to less efficient layout and designs, older
physical plants, and higher security costs, which in some malls can add upwards
of $2.00 per square foot to common area maintenance.

        These relative measures can be compared with two well known
        publications, The Score by the International Council of Shopping
        Centers and Dollars & Cents of Shopping Centers (1993) by the Urban
        Land Institute.  The most recent publications indicate base rent to
        sales ratios of approximately 8 percent and total occupancy cost ratios
        of 11.5 and 12.1 percent, respectively.

        In general, while the rental ranges and ratio of base rent to sales
        vary substantially from mall to mall and tenant to tenant, they do
        provide general support for the rental ranges and ratio which is
        projected for the subject property.


Conclusion - Market Rent Estimate for In-Line Shops


        Previously, in the "Retail Market Analysis" section of the appraisal,
        we discussed the subjects' sales potential.  Comparable mall sales in
        calendar year 1994 are projected to be $266 per square foot, based on
        tenants in place and reporting sales for the past thirteen months.
        Sales are projected to decline slightly (1.5 percent) in 1995 to $262
        per square foot.  Most of the decline is attributed to the renovation
        of the Carson's Throat area.  Also during 1995, Carson's will be
        converted to Mervyn's so there will likely be some disruption in normal
        shopping patterns.

        In the previous discussions, the overall attained rent was shown to be
        $23.69 per square foot on average. After considering all of the above,
        we have developed a weighted average rental rate of approximately
        $21.00 per square foot based upon a relative weighting of a tenant
        space by size.  We have tested this average rent against total
        occupancy cost.  Since total occupancy costs are projected to be at the
        high end for a mall of the subject's calibre, we feel that base rent
        should not exceed an 8.0 percent ratio (to sales) on average.
        Furthermore, this average of approximately $21.00 per square foot is
        believed to be reasonable in light of the average rent attained by the
        recent leasing activity which has slightly exceeded this level.

        The average rent is a weighted average rent for all in-line mall
        tenants only.  This average market rent has been allocated to space as
        shown on the following chart.


        
                                Brookdale Center
                    In-Line Market Rent Assumption - 1995
                    _____________________________________

                          Initial
                        Rent Range/     Applicable   % of    Weighted
        Suite Size      Average Rate       GLA       Total   Average
        ________________________________________________________________


        Under  750 SF      $30.00-$50.00    1,345 SF     .68%     $ 0.27
                           $40.00
        ________________________________________________________________
        751 - 1,200 SF     $25.00-$35.00   16,368 SF    8.33%     $ 2.50
                           $30.00
        ________________________________________________________________
        1,201 - 2,000 SF   $25.00-$30.00   39,055 SF   19.89%     $5.47
                           $27.50
        ________________________________________________________________
        2,001 - 3,500 SF   $20.00-$25.00   48,655 SF   24.77%     $5.57
                           $22.50
        ________________________________________________________________
        3,501 - 5,000 SF   $16.00-$20.00   33,844 SF   17.23%     $3.10
                           $18.00
        ________________________________________________________________
        5,001 - 15,000 SF  $12.00-$18.00   57,128 SF   29.09%     $4.36
                           $15.00
        ________________________________________________________________
              TOTAL                       196,395 SF  100.00%     $21.28
        ________________________________________________________________



Occupancy Cost - Test of Reasonableness


        Our weighted average rent of $21.00 can next be tested against total
        occupancy costs in the mall based upon the standard recoveries for new
        mall tenants.  Our total occupancy cost analyses can be found on the
        following chart.


                                 Brookdale Center
                      Total Occupancy Cost Analysis - 1995
                      ____________________________________

        Economic Base Rent                      Estimated Expenses/SF

            $ 21.00                              (Weighted Average)
        _____________________________________________________________

        Occupancy Costs (A)
         Common Area Maintenance  (1)                $  4.91
        _____________________________________________________________

        Real Estate Taxes         (2)                $ 15.60
        _____________________________________________________________

        Other Expenses            (3)                $  2.00
        _____________________________________________________________

        Total Tenant Costs                           $ 43.51
        _____________________________________________________________

        Projected Average Sales (1995)               $262.00
        _____________________________________________________________

        Rent to Sales Ratio                           8.02%
        _____________________________________________________________

        Cost of Occupancy Ratio                      16.60%
        _____________________________________________________________


(A)     Costs that are occupancy sensitive will decrease for new tenants on a
        unit rate basis as lease-up occurs and the property stabilizes.
        Average occupied area for mall tenant reimbursement varies relative to
        each major recovery type.

(1)     CAM expense is based on average occupied area (GLOA) of 163,480 square
        feet.  Generally, the standard lease clause provides for a 15 percent
        administrative factor less certain exclusions.  The standard
        denominator is based on occupied (leased) versus leasable area.  A
        complete discussion of the standard recovery formula is presented later
        in this report.

(2)     Tax estimate is based upon an average occupied area (GLOA) which is the
        recovery basis for taxes.  It is exclusive of majors contributions
        (department stores).

(3)     Other expenses include tenant contributions for marketing fund, water
        and sewer, and other miscellaneous items.

        
        Total costs, on average, are shown to be 16.6 percent of projected
        average 1995 retail sales which we feel is high.  This is due primarily
        to the fact that real estate taxes at Brookdale Center are projected to
        be $15.60.  We are not troubled, however, by the high average since
        these costs which are occupancy sensitive should decline as some of the
        vacancy is absorbed.  As cited earlier, much of the vacancy has to do
        with the large amount of in-line GLA which was taken back with the
        Carson's Throat strategy.  For instance, the average occupied GLA is
        projected to increase from 163,480 square feet in 1995 to 190,453
        square feet in 1997.  As the remerchandising continues, we would expect
        that sales have a good chance to increase to levels in excess of our
        growth rate assumption.  Finally, we should not lose sight of the fact
        that recent leasing levels in the mall have shown higher levels on
        average.

        It is emphasized that these rent categories provided a rough
        approximation of market rent levels for a particular suite.  This
        methodology is given more credence when projecting rent levels for
        vacant space where a potential tenant is unknown and their sales
        performance is difficult to forecast.  Also guiding our analysis were
        the tenants location in the mall, (i.e. side court vs. center court)
        its merchandise category and sales history.  This is of particular
        importance with the subject since its older layout with multiple side
        courts results in rents which would tend to fall below the average.
        Since most of the newer leasing activity has involved suites along the
        center concourse or higher visibility areas, we would be inclined to
        consider lower rents for certain side court locations.  Therefore, in
        many cases our assumed market rent would deviate from the range
        indicated above in many instances.

Kiosks

        We have also segregated permanent kiosks within our analysis since they
        typically pay a much higher unit rent.

        There are currently a total of 14 permanent kiosks, including two bank
        ATM machines.  Among the remaining 12, a range in size from 220 square
        feet to 842 square feet are shown.  Some of the more recent leases can
        be summarized as follows:


                                   Kiosk Rentals
                                   _____________
                                                         Annual    Unit Rate
        Suite #    Tenant       Size (SF)    Term         Rent       (SF)
        ______________________________________________________________________

        3513    Auntie Anne's     294    11/94 - 1/05   $25,000     $ 85.02

        3511  Coopers Watchworks  228     3/91 - 1/96   $26,000     $114.04

        3507  Things Remembered   325    10/92 - 1/02   $33,000     $101.54

        3512    The Eye Guys      220     3/91 - 1/96   $25,000     $113.64
        
        3510   Baskin Robbins     378     2/90 - 1/95   $25,742     $ 68.10

        3501   Piercing Pagoda    250     5/95 - 4/99   $30,000     $120.00
        _____________________________________________________________________



        We have compared the subject's revenue attainment levels with a
        sampling of some recent data regarding permanent kiosks rentals in
        other malls.  This data is found on the following page.


                      Permanent Kiosks Recent Lease Transactions
                      __________________________________________

                                Tenant/                  Annual
        Property/Location       Lease Date       Area    Rent/Term   Unit Rate
        ______________________________________________________________________

        Freehold Raceway      Piercing Pagoda  204 SF  $35,000 (1-5)   $171.57
        Mall, Freehold, NJ      (3/93)
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Aviation Mall         The Mountain     202 SF  $25,000(+-3%/yr) $123.76
        Queenbury, NY           (1/94)
                              Sunsations       158 SF  $23,000 (1-5)   $145.57
                                (5/93)
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Oakdale Mall          Cooper Watch     162 SF  $32,000 (1-5)   $197.53
        Johnson City, NY        (10/93)

                           Things Remembered   162 SF  $37,500 (1-5)   $231.48
                                (7/93)
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Laurel Center         Golden Valley    150 SF  $25,000 (1-2)   $166.67
        Laurel, MD             (12/93)

                              Royal Jewelry    396 SF  $37,000 (1-5)   $ 93.43
                               (8/93)
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Eastpoint Mall        Century 21 (5/94) 150 SF $37,500 (1-5)   $250.00
        Baltimore, MD
                              Plumb Gold (8/93) 150 SF $25,000 (1-3)   $166.67
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Brookdale Center      Auntie Anne's (8/94) 395 SF $25,000 (1-10) $63.29
        Minneapolis, MN
                              Glamour Shots (8/93) 200 SF $12,000 (1-3)  $60.00
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Meriden Square        Great American       196 SF $15,000 (1-10) $76.53
        Meriden, CT           Cookie  (4/94)

                              Sterling Accents     160 SF $25,000 (1-2) $156.25
                               (3/94)                     $27,000 (3-5) $168.75
        ______________________________________________________________________
        Greece Ridge Ctr.     Piercing Pagoda      196 SF $24,000 (1-5) $122.45
        $122.45                 (4/94)
        Greece, NY
                            Coopers Watch (2/92) 192 SF   $25,000 (1-3) $130.21
                                                          $27,000 (4-5) $140.63
        _____________________________________________________________________
        Galleria @ White      Quintex Mobile (11/93) 163 SF $36,000 (1) $220.85
        Plains                                              $37,000 (2) $226.89
        White Plains, NY
        _____________________________________________________________________
        Laguna Hills Mall   Cutlery World (5/94)  150 SF  $36,000 (1-5) $240.00
        Laguna Hills, CA                                  $41,400 (6-10)$276.00

                            Sunglass Hut (11/93)  250 SF  $36,000 (1-5) $144.00
                                                          $41,400 (6-10)$165.00
        _____________________________________________________________________
        Salmon Run Mall       Sunsations (5/93)   158 SF  $23,000 (1-3) $145.57
        Watertown, NY                                     $26,800 (4-5) $164.56

                              Coopers Watch (5/92) 158 SF $22,000 (1-5) $139.24
        _______________________________________________________________________
        Aroostook Centre      Sunglass Hut (11/93)        $24,000 (1-10)$166.67
        Presque Isle, ME
        ______________________________________________________________________


        It is difficult to ascribe a unit rate ($ per square foot) to the
        kiosks at Brookdale since they vary so much in size.  In the aggregate,
        we see that permanent kiosks command $25,000 to $33,000.  The most
        recent lease is with Piercing Pagoda at $30,000 per annum.  In this
        analysis we have forecasted a market rent of $27,500 for kiosks under
        400 square feet and $30,000 for those in excess of $400 per square
        foot.  Bank machines are ascribed a market rent of $12,000 per annum.
        Our analysis assumes five (5) year terms with a 10 percent increase in
        rent after the third lease year.  It is noted that it is not uncommon
        for some kiosk tenants to pay mall charges, as they do at Brookdale.

Concessions

        Free rent is an inducement offered by developers to entice a tenant to
        locate in their project over a competitor's.  This marketing tool has
        become popular in the leasing of office space, particularly in view of
        the over-building which has occurred in many markets.  As a rule, most
        major retail developers have been successful in negotiating leases
        without including free rent.  Our experience with regional malls shows
        that free rent is generally limited to new projects in marginal
        locations without strong anchor tenants that are having trouble
        leasing, as well as older centers that are losing tenants to new malls
        in their trade area.  Management reports that free rent has been a
        relative non-issue with new retail tenants.  A review of the most
        recent leasing confirms this observation.  It has generally been
        limited to one or two months to prepare a suite for occupancy when it
        has been given.  The only reported free rent was with Sbarro which got
        one year free year for its new leased space.  Accordingly, we do not
        believe that it will be necessary to offer free rent to retail tenants 
        at the subject.  It is noted that while we have not ascribed any 
        free rent to the retail tenants, we have, however, made rather 
        liberal allowances for tenant workletters which acts as a form of 
        inducement to convince a tenant to locate at the subject.  These 
        allowances are liberal to the extent that ownership has been 
        relatively successful in leasing space "as is" to tenants.  As will 
        be explained in a subsequent section of this appraisal, we have 
        made allowances of $15.00 per square foot to new (currently vacant) 
        and $10.00 per square foot for future turnover space.  We have also 
        ascribed a rate of $1.00 per square foot to rollover space.  
        Furthermore, we have used an allowance of $25.00 per square foot for 
        any "raw" space presently located in the former Carson's Throat 
        area.  This assumption offers further support for the attainment of 
        the rent levels previously cited.


Absorption

        Finally, our analysis concludes that the current vacant retail space
        will be absorbed over a three year period through January 1998.  We
        have identified 41,681 square feet of vacant space, net of newly
        executed leases, pending deals which have good likelihood of coming to
        fruition.  This is equivalent to 20.7 percent of mall GLA and 4.2
        percent overall.

        Of this total, 25,311 square feet or 61 percent of the vacant space is
        space comprising the former Carson's Throat area which was taken back
        and reconstructed in order to accommodate mall shop space during 1994.
        During the past year, three leases for 7,559 square feet were signed in
        the throat area:  Champs (5,134 square feet); Regis Hair Stylists
        (1,103 square feet); and Hoff Jewelers (1,322 square feet).

        During 1994, tenants which vacated totaled 8,452 square feet.  This
        included the following tenants.


                Tenant        Suite        Area (SF)
                ____________________________________

                Bachmans       140         1,129
                                     (net of Foot Locker expansion)
                ____________________________________
                Durling        395         2,712
                Optical
                ____________________________________
                Glamour Shots  3,517         200
                ____________________________________
                Jarman's       255         1,276
                ____________________________________
                Pizza Pasta    248         1,343
                ____________________________________
                Subway         285           996
                ____________________________________
                Trade Secret   330           796
                ____________________________________
                Total                      8,452
                ____________________________________

                                                    

        Also during 1994 Carson's stopped paying rent on the 15,952 square feet
        it was leasing in the Throat area.  This rent amounted to $295,100, or
        $18.50 per square foot.  Some of these revenues have been recovered
        through the new leasing cited above.

        The chart on the facing page details our projected absorption schedule.
        The absorption of the in-line space over a three year period is equal
        to 3,473 square feet per quarter.  We have conservatively assumed that
        the space will all lease at the 1995 base date market rent estimate as
        previously referenced.

        The following chart tracks occupancy through 1998, the first full year
        of stabilized occupancy.


                        Annual Average Occupancy (Mall GLA)
                        ___________________________________

                                1995           81.1%

                                1996           86.6%

                                1997           94.4%

                                1998           99.2%
                        ___________________________________



Anchor Tenants

        The final category of minimum rent is derived by the contractual ground
        lease obligations among the two anchor tenants.  In 1995, these
        revenues total $195,930.  The following schedule details the major
        tenant rent obligations.




                        Schedule of Anchor Tenant Revenues
                        __________________________________

                      Demised   Lease Expiration   Annual Rent
        Tenant         Area      with Options
        ______________________________________________________

        JC Penney   140,320 SF *   12/2015          $ 20,930
        ______________________________________________________

        Kohl's       75,000 SF *    1/2010          $175,000
        ______________________________________________________

        Total       215,320 SF        -             $195,930
        ______________________________________________________
                                                              
        *  Represents building area and not necessarily the pad
           area subject to ground lease.
        ______________________________________________________



Rent Growth Rates

        Market rent will, over the life of a prescribed holding period, quite
        obviously follow an erratic pattern.  According to surveys by both
        Cushman & Wakefield's Appraisal Division and Peter Korpacz and
        Associates, major investors active in the acquisition of regional malls
        are using growth rates of 0 percent to 6 percent in their analysis,
        with 3 percent to 5 percent being most prevalent on a stabilized basis.
        It is not unusual in the current environment to see investors
        structuring no growth or even negative growth in the short term.

        The Minneapolis metropolitan area in general has been negatively
        impacted by the recession.  Sales at many retail establishments have
        been down for the past few years.  The impact of Mall of America will
        likely continue to be felt as some shakeout will inevitably continue.
        Sales at Brookdale have been down as a result of the renovation to the
        Carson's Throat area as well as the general economy around the mall and
        heightened competition from its primary competitors.  The tenants'
        ability to pay rent is closely tied to its increases in sales.
        However, rent growth can be more impacted by competition and
        management's desire to attract and keep certain tenants that increase
        the mall's synergy and appeal.  As such, we have been conservative in
        our rent growth forecast.

        

                        Market Rent Growth Rate Forecast
                        ________________________________

                Period                          Annual Growth Rate *
                ____________________________________________________

                1995-1996                                0.0%
                ____________________________________________________
                1997                                    +1.0%
                ____________________________________________________
                1998                                    +2.0%
                ____________________________________________________
                1999                                    +3.0%
                ____________________________________________________
                2000-2004                               +3.5%
                ____________________________________________________

                * Indicated growth rate over the previous year's rent
                _____________________________________________________



Releasing Assumption


        The typical lease term for new in-line retail leases in centers such as
        the subject generally ranges from five to twelve years.  Market
        practice dictates that it is not uncommon to get rent bumps throughout
        the lease terms either in the form of fixed dollar amounts or a
        percentage increase based upon changes in some index, usually the
        Consumer Price Index (CPI).  Often the CPI clause will carry a minimum
        (4 percent) annual increase and be capped at a higher maximum (6 to 7
        percent) amount.

        For new leases in the regional malls, ten year terms are most typical.
        Essentially, the developer will deliver a "vanilla" suite with
        mechanical services roughed in and minimal interior finish.  This
        allows the retailer to finish the suite in accordance with their
        individual specifications.  Because of the up-front costs incurred by
        the tenants, they require a ten year lease term to adequately amortize
        these costs.  In certain instances, the developer will offer some
        contribution to the cost of finishing out a space over and above a
        standard allowance.

        Upon lease expiration, it is our best estimate that there is a 70
        percent probability that an existing tenant will renew their lease
        while the remaining 30 percent will vacate their space at this time.
        While the 30 percent may be slightly high by some historic measures, we
        think that it is a prudent assumption.  Furthermore, the on-going
        targeted remerchandising will result in early terminations and
        relocations that will likely result in some expenditures by ownership.
        An exception to this assumption exists with respect to existing tenants
        who, at the expiration of their lease, have sales that are
        substantially below the mall average and have no chance to ever achieve
        percentage rent. In these instances, it is our assumption that there is
        a 100 percent probability that the tenant will vacate the property.
        This is consistent with ownership's philosophy of carefully and
        selectively weeding out under-performers.

        As stated above, it is not uncommon to get increases in base rent over
        the life of a lease.  The subject's recent leasing activity attests to
        this observation.  Our global market assumptions for non-anchor tenants
        may be summarized as shown on the following page.


                                Brookdale Center
                              Renewal Assumptions
        ___________________________________________________________________
                                                                  Tenant
        Tenant Type        Lease Term     Rent Steps  Free Rent Alterations
        ___________________________________________________________________
        In-Line Mall Shops    10 yrs.     10% in lease    No        Yes
                                          year 4 and 8
        ___________________________________________________________________
        Kiosks                 5 yrs.     10% increase    No        No
                                          in 4th year
        ___________________________________________________________________

                                                                           

        The rent step schedule upon lease expiration applies in most instances.
        However, there is one exception to this assumption with respect to
        tenants who are forecasted to be in a percentage rent situation during
        the onset renewal period.  This could occur due to the fact that a
        tenant's sales were well above its breakpoint at the expiration of the
        base lease.  In these instances, we have assumed a flat rent during the
        ensuing ten year period.  This conservative assumption presumes that
        ownership will not achieve rent steps from a tenant who is also paying
        overage rent from day one of the renewal term.  Nonetheless, we do note
        that ownership has been successful in some instances in achieving rent
        steps when a tenant's sales place him in a percentage rent situation
        from the onset of a new lease.

        Upon lease rollover/turnover, the space is forecasted to be released at
        the higher of the last effective rent (defined as minimum rent plus
        overage rent if any) and the ascribed market rent as detailed
        previously increasing by our market rent growth rate assumption.

Conclusion - Minimum Rent


        In the initial full year of the investment (CY 1995), it is projected
        that the subject property will produce approximately $4,291,997 in
        minimum rental income.  This estimate of base rental income is
        equivalent to $21.29 per square foot of total owned GLA.
        Alternatively, minimum rental income accounts for 40.9 percent of all
        potential gross revenues.  Further analysis shows that over the holding
        period (CY 1995-2004), minimum rent advances at an average compound
        annual rate of 3.7 percent.  This increase is a synthesis of the mall's
        lease-up, fixed rental increases as well as market rents from rollover
        or turnover of space.<PAGE>
Overage Rent In addition to the minimum base
        rent, many of the tenants of the subject property have contracted to
        pay a percentage of their gross annual sales over a pre-established
        base amount as overage rent.  Many leases have a natural breakpoint
        although an equal number do have stipulated breakpoints.  The average
        overage percentage for small space retail tenants is in a range of 5 to
        6 percent with food court and kiosk tenants generally at 7 to 10
        percent. Anchor tenants typically have the lowest percentage clause
        with ranges of 1.5 to 3 percent which is common.
	
        Traditionally, it takes a number of years for a retail center to mature
        and gain acceptance before generating any sizeable percentage income.
        As a center matures, the level of overage rents typically becomes a
        larger percentage of total revenue.  It is a major ingredient
        protecting the equity investor against inflation.

        In the "Retail Market Analysis" section of this report, we discussed
        the historic and forecasted sales levels for the mall tenants.

        Because the mall is going through an on-going renovation and
        remerchandising, it is difficult to predict with accuracy what sales
        will be on an individual tenant level.  As such, we have employed the
        following methodology.

               For existing tenants who report sales, we have forecasted that
                sales will continue at our projected sales growth rate as
                discussed herein.

               For tenants who do not report sales or who do not have
                percentage clauses, we have assumed that a non-reporting tenant
                will always occupy that particular space.

                For new tenants, we have projected sales at the forecasted
                average for the center at the start of the lease.  In 1995 
                this would be approximately $262 per square foot.  On 
                balance, our forecasts are deemed to be conservative.  
                Generally, most percentage rent is deemed to come from 
                existing tenants with very little forecasted from new 
                tenants.  From our experience we know that a significant 
                number of new tenants will be into a percentage rent 
                situation by at least the midpoint of their leases.  
                Furthermore, it should be noted that JC Penney supplies a 
                large percentage of the mall's overage rent.  In 1995
                we calculate this to be $163,997, or 59 percent of all 
                overage rent.
                
               Our conservative posture warrants that there exists some upside
                potential through a reasonable likelihood of overage revenues 
                above our forecasted level.

        Thus, in the initial full year of the investment holding period,
        overage revenues are estimated to amount to $277,790 (net of
        recaptures) equivalent to $1.38 per square foot of total GLA and 2.6
        percent of potential gross revenues.

Sales Growth Rates

        In the "Retail Market Analysis" section of this report, we discussed
        that retail specialty store sales at the subject property have been
        declining in recent years.

        Retail sales in the Minneapolis MSA have been increasing at a compound
        annual rate of 5.2 percent per annum since 1985, according to Sales and
        Marketing Management.  According to both the Cushman & Wakefield and
        Korpacz surveys, major investors are looking at a range of growth rates
        of 0 percent initially to a high of 6 percent in their computational
        parameters.  Most typically, growth rates of 4 percent to 5 percent are
        seen in these surveys.

        Nationally, retail sales (excluding automotive sales) have been
        increasing at a compound annual rate of 5.74 percent since 1980.

        Finally, the chart on the facing page shows the change in median sales
        for a variety of tenant types as found in regional malls.  The data
        shows that over the three year period 1990 to 1993, the change in
        median sales ranged from a low of -9.52 percent for Records and Tapes
        to a high of 57.75 percent for Womens Specialty Clothing.  During this
        time period, the mean for this selected tenant category has increased
        by 16.41 percent per annum from $174.51 to $275.28 per square foot.
        Overall, among the 14 tenant categories most frequently found in
        regional malls, sales have shown a compound annual growth rate of 3.87
        percent.

        After considering all of the above, we have forecasted that sales for
        existing tenants will decline by 1.5 percent in 1995.  This is
        consistent with budgetary projections.  Subsequently, we have
        forecasted no growth for 1996, an increase of 2 percent in 1997 and 3
        percent in 1998, followed by a more normalized increase of 3.5 percent
        per annum thereafter.




                                Sales Growth Rate Forecast
                                __________________________
                               
                              Period        Annual Growth Rate
                              ________________________________

                               1995              - 1.5%
                               
                               1996              + 0.0%

                               1997              + 2.0%

                               1998              + 3.0%

                               1999-2004         + 3.5%
                               _______________________________



        In all, we believe we have been conservative in our sales forecast for
        new and turnover tenants upon the expiration of an initial lease.  At
        lease expiration, we have forecasted a 30 percent probability that a
        tenant will vacate.

        For new tenants, sales are established either based on ownership's
        forecast for the particular tenant or at the mall's average sales
        level.  Generally, for existing tenants we have assumed that sales
        continue subsequent to lease expiration at their previous level unless
        they were under-performers that prompted a 100 percent turnover
        probability then sales are reset to the corresponding mall overage.

        In most instances, no overage rent is generated from new tenants due to
        our forecasted rent steps which serve to change the breakpoint.

        
Expense Reimbursement and Miscellaneous Income


        By lease agreement, tenants are required to reimburse the lessor for
        certain operating expenses.  Included among these operating items are
        real estate taxes, common area maintenance (CAM) and energy for a few
        tenants.  Miscellaneous income is essentially derived from specialty
        leasing for temporary tenants, Christmas kiosks and other charges
        including special pass-throughs.  In the first full  year of the
        investment, it is projected that the subject property will generate
        approximately $5,515,899 in reimbursements for these operating expenses
        and $410,000 in other miscellaneous income.

        Common area maintenance and real estate tax recoveries are generally
        based upon the tenants pro-rata share of the expense item.  Because it
        is an older center, there exists numerous variations to the calculation
        procedure of each.  We have relied upon ownership's calculation for the
        various recovery formula's for taxes and CAM.  Generally for most mall
        tenants, there are three types of CAM calculations.  At rollover, all
        of the tenants are assumed to be subject to the Type D recovery which
        is the standard lease currently in effect.  This recovery calculation
        includes part of the management expense; indoor and outdoor common area
        maintenance; depreciation and a portion of the mall's general and
        administrative costs.  Approximately 58 percent of the management fee
        is recoverable.  The standard lease provides for the recovery of these
        expenses plus a 15 percent administrative fee.


Common Area Maintenance


        Provided below is a summary of the standard CAM clause that exists for
        a new tenant.




                        Common Area Maintenance Recovery Calculation
                        ____________________________________________


                        CAM Expense                  Actual for year
                                             (inclusive of portion of
                                                      management fee)
                        ____________________________________________
                         Less:   Contributions from department stores
                        ____________________________________________
                         Add:                  15% Administration Fee
                        _____________________________________________
                         Equals:         Net pro-ratable CAM billable
                                         to mall tenants on the basis
                                         of gross leasable occupied
                                         area (GLOA).
                         ____________________________________________


       All department stores pay varying amounts for CAM.  Their contributions,
       are collectively detailed under MAJOR'S CAM CONTRIBUTION on the cash
       flow.  The formulas are generally quite complicated, having evolved over
       the years through additions and deletions to the expense structure.  The
       1995 budgeted CAM billings for the majors can be detailed as follows:




                         CAM                     1995
                      Obligation                Budget
                      ________________________________

                        Carson's            $  377,991
                      ________________________________

                        JC Penney           $  247,995
                      ________________________________

                        Sears               $  397,129

                      ________________________________
                        Midas Muffler       $    6,358

                      ________________________________
                        Dayton's            $  341,783

                       ________________________________
                        Total               $1,371,256
                       ________________________________



Real Estate Taxes

        Generally, real estate tax recoveries are based upon a mall tenant's
        pro-rata share (defined on the basis of GLOA).  The majors have varying
        contribution amounts that are first deducted from the gross expense
        before allocating the balance to the mall shops.

        JC Penney pays taxes on its building separately.  They do make a
        contribution based upon its allocated share of certain land taxes.
        Dayton's pay taxes on its allocated portion of the enclosed mall and
        parking area land taxes.  Carson's had been paying taxes but we are
        advised that there was a change to their deal and they no longer
        contribute.  The 1995 budgeted major's tax recoveries are estimated as
        follows:




                        Tax Obligation       1995 Budget
                        ________________________________

                        JC Penney            $201,745

                        Dayton's             $320,070
                        _________________________________
                        Total                $521,815



Energy

        Energy recoveries are related to HVAC charges for that portion of the
        mall that uses the central plant.  Generally, Dayton's is responsible
        for all of the recovery.  Central plant charges are passed through with
        a profit of 15 percent.  Kiosk tenants had been paying for energy but
        management had stopped billing them for this expense.

Miscellaneous Income

        Miscellaneous revenues are derived from a number of sources.  One of
        the more important is specialty leasing.  The specialty leasing is
        related to temporary tenants that occupy vacant in-line space.  General
        Growth has been relatively successful with this procedure at many of
        their malls.

        Other sources of miscellaneous revenues included forfeited security
        deposits, temporary kiosk (Christmas) rentals, phone revenues, lottery
        commissions, interest income and income from the renting of strollers
        and the community room.  The budget for 1995 projected miscellaneous
        revenues of $283,800.  A portion of this ($120,000) was for interest
        which we typically do not include.  Thus, we have forecasted
        miscellaneous income of $150,000 in 1995.  In addition, management is
        projecting $265,200 from temporary tenants in 1995.  We have used
        $260,000 in our first year forecast.  On balance, we have forecasted
        these aggregate other revenues at $410,000 which we project will grow
        by 3 percent per annum.  Our forecast for these additional revenues is
        net of provision for vacancy and credit loss.

Allowance for Vacancy and Credit Loss

        The investor of an income producing property is primarily interested in
        the cash revenues that an income-producing property is likely to
        produce annually over a specified period of time rather than what it
        could produce if it were always 100 percent occupied and all the
        tenants were actually paying rent in full and on time.  It is normally
        a prudent practice to expect some income loss, either in the form of
        actual vacancy or in the form of turnover, non-payment or slow payment
        by tenants.  We have reflected a 6.0 percent contingency for both
        stabilized and unforeseen vacancy and credit loss.  Please note that
        this vacancy and credit loss provision is applied to all mall tenants
        equally and is exclusive of all revenues generated by anchor stores. We
        have phased in the 6 percent factor as the mall leases up based upon
        the following schedule.

        
                        1995                    3%
                                        
                        1996                    4%
                                        
                        1997                    5%

                        1998-2004               6%


                                        
        In this analysis we have also forecasted that there is either a 70
        percent probability that an existing tenant will renew their lease.
        Upon turnover, we have forecasted that rent loss equivalent to six
        months would be incurred to account for the time and/or costs
        associated with bringing the space back on line.  Thus, minimum rent as
        well as overage rent and certain other income has been reduced by this
        forecasted probability.

        We have calculated the effect of the total provision of vacancy and
        credit loss on the in-line shops (inclusive of the kiosks).  Through
        the 10 years of this cash flow analysis, the total allowance for
        vacancy and credit loss, including provisions for downtime, ranges from
        a low of 6.3 percent of total potential gross revenues to a high of
        21.9 percent in the initial year of the holding period in the mall.  On
        average, the total allowance for vacancy and credit loss over the 10
        year projection period is 10.5 percent of these revenues.


                      Total Rent Loss Forecast *
                      ________________________

                Year                   Loss Provision
                _____________________________________

                1995                            21.9%
                _____________________________________

                1996                            17.4%


                1997                            10.5%


                1998                             6.8%


                1999                             6.3%


                2000                             8.2%


                2001                             9.3%


                2002                             8.2%


                2003                             6.6%


                2004                            10.0%
                _____________________________________

                Avg.                            10.5%
                _____________________________________

                * Includes phased global vacancy
                  provision for unseen vacancy
                  and credit loss as well as weighted
                  downtime provision of
                  lease turnover.
                ______________________________________

                  
        As discussed, if an existing mall tenant is a consistent
        under-performer with sales substantially below the mall average then
        the turnover probability applied is 100 percent.  This assumption,
        while adding a degree of conservatism to our analysis, reflects the
        reality that management will continually strive to replace under
        performers.  On balance, the aggregate deductions of all gross revenues
        reflected in this analysis are based upon overall long-term market
        occupancy levels and are considered what a prudent investor would
        conservatively allow for credit loss.  The remaining sum is effective
        gross income which an informed investor may anticipate the subject
        property to produce.  We believe this is reasonable in light of overall
        vacancy in this subject's market area as well as the current leasing
        structure at the subject.


Effective Gross Income 

        In the initial full year of the investment, CY 1995, effective gross
        revenues ("Total Income" line on cash flow) are forecasted to amount to
        approximately $10,269,305, equivalent to $50.95 per square foot of
        total owned GLA.


                                Brookdale Center
                        Effective Gross Revenue Summary
                        Initial Year of Investment - 1995
                        _________________________________

                   Aggregate Sum      Unit Rate        Income Ratio
        ___________________________________________________________


        Potential
        Gross
        Income     $10,495,686        $ 52.07          100.0%
        ___________________________________________________________

        Less:
        Vacancy
        and
        Credit
        Loss       $   226,381        $  1.12           2.2%
        __________________________________________________________

        Effective
        Gross
        Income     $10,269,305        $ 50.95          97.8%
        __________________________________________________________



Expenses

        The total expenses incurred in the production of income from the
        subject property are divided into two categories: reimbursable and
        non-reimbursable items.  The major expenses which are reimbursable
        include real estate taxes, common area maintenance, and certain energy
        expenses.  As mentioned, some general and administrative expenses as
        well as a portion of the management fee is recoverable.  The
        non-reimbursable expenses associated with the subject property include
        certain general and administrative expenses, ownership's contribution
        to the marketing fund, management charges (a portion is recovered as
        part of CAM), miscellaneous expenses, a reserve for the replacement of
        short-lived capital components, alteration costs associated with
        bringing the space up to occupancy standards, and a provision for
        capital expenditures.  Unless otherwise cited, expenses are forecasted
        to grow by 4 percent per annum over the holding period.

        The various expenses incurred in the operation of the subject property
        have been estimated from information provided by a number of sources.
        We have reviewed the subject's component operating history for prior
        years as well as the owner's 1995 budget for these expense items.  This
        information is provided in the Addenda.  We have compared this
        information to published data which are available, as well as
        comparable expense information.  Finally, this information has been
        tempered by our experience with other regional shopping centers.


Reimbursable Operating Expenses

        We have analyzed each item of expense individually and attempted to
        project what the typical investor in a property like the subject would
        consider reasonable, based upon informed opinion, judgement and
        experience.  The following is a detailed summary and discussion of the
        reimbursable operating expenses incurred in the operation of the
        subject property during the initial year of the investment holding
        period.

        Common Area Maintenance - This expense category includes the annual
        cost of miscellaneous building maintenance contracts, recoverable labor
        and benefits, security, insurance, landscaping, snow removal, cleaning
        and janitorial, exterminating, supplies, trash removal, exterior
        lighting, common area energy, gas and fuel, equipment rental, interest
        and depreciation, and other miscellaneous charges.  A portion of the
        management fee is recoverable as part of CAM as is a portion of certain
        general and administrative expenses.  In addition, ownership can
        generally recoup the cost of certain extraordinary capital items from
        the tenants.  Typically, this is limited to certain miscellaneous
        capital expenditures.  In malls like the subject where the CAM budget
        is high, discretion must be exercised in not trying to pass along every
        charge as the tenants will resist.  Historically, the annual CAM
        expense (before anchor contributions) can be summarized as follows:

        
                                Brookdale Center
                               Unit CAM Billings
                                   "D" Lease
                               _________________


                      Year                    Aggregate Amount
                      ________________________________________

                      1990                      $1,652,300

                      1991                      $1,911,600

                      1992                      $1,650,200

                      1993                      $1,901,800
                      
                      1994 Forecasted           $1,915,800

                      1995 Budgeted             $1,944,800
                      ________________________________________



        The 1995 CAM budget is shown to be $1,944,800.  An allocation of this
        budget by line item is as follows:




                            1995 CAM Expense Allocation
                            ___________________________

              Administrative, Payroll and Office        $  411,200


                        Security                        $  542,400


                        Maintenance                     $  680,000


                        Snow Removal                    $   60,000


                        Utilities                       $  251,200
                        __________________________________________

                        Total                           $1,944,800
                        __________________________________________



       Over the past three years, management has been capable of maintaining
       the expense under $2,000,000.  In our analysis, we have reflected a
       first year expense of $1,950,000 (before inclusion of the management
       fee).  Billable CAM is determined after adding in 58 percent of the
       management fee and depreciation, deducting major's contributions and
       adding the 15 percent administrative fee.  In 1995, this expense is
       budgeted at $5.72 per square foot.  Historically, it has ranged from
       $4.55 to $6.15 per square foot as shown below.




                           Year         CAM Per Square Foot
                           ________________________________

                           1990                $4.55


                           1991                $5.89


                           1992                $4.90


                           1993                $5.91


                           1994                $5.78
                           _______________________________

                           1995 (Budget)       $5.72

                           _______________________________


        Real Estate Taxes - The projected taxes to be incurred in 1995 are
        equal to $3,071,707.  As discussed, the standard recovery for this
        expense is charged on the basis of average occupied area of non-major
        mall tenant GLA.  Taxes are charged to the mall tenants after first
        deducting department store contributions which are estimated at
        $521,815 in 1994.  This expense item is projected to increase by 5
        percent per annum over the balance of the investment holding period.

        Energy - Energy costs consist of the cost to run the central plant as
        it provides HVAC services to certain tenants.  Energy costs have been
        historically reported as follows:




                         Year                    Amount
                         ______________________________


                         1990                   $216,500


                         1991                   $215,600


                         1992                   $210,300


                         1993                   $261,200


                         1994                   $282,100

                         _______________________________
                         1995 (Budget)          $231,900
                         _______________________________



        We have estimated the 1995 expense at $235,000.  The only department
        store who contributes to this energy cost is Dayton's, whose 1995
        contribution is estimated at $270,250.  We are advised that ownership
        can charge a 15 percent administrative fee for their costs in
        administrating this program.  Energy expenses are forecasted to grow by
        4 percent per annum throughout the holding period.


Non-Reimbursable Expenses


        The total annual non-reimbursable expenses of the subject property are
        projected from accepted practices and industry standards.  Again, we
        have analyzed each item of expenditure in an attempt to project what
        the typical investor in a property similar to the subject would
        consider reasonable, based upon actual operations, informed opinion and
        experience.  The following is a detailed summary and discussion of
        non-reimbursable expenses incurred in the operation of the subject
        property for the initial year.  Unless otherwise stated, it is our
        assumption that these expenses will increase by 4 percent per annum
        thereafter.

        General and Administrative (Non-CAM) - Expenses related to the
        administrative aspects of the mall include costs particular to the
        operation of the mall including salaries, travel and entertainment, and
        dues and subscriptions.  A provision is also made for professional
        services including legal and accounting fees and other professional
        consulting services.  In 1995, we reflect general and administrative
        expenses of $275,000.

        Promotion - We have ascribed a 1995 expense of $100,000 for ownership's
        contribution to the Merchants Association.

        Miscellaneous - This catch-all category is provided for various
        miscellaneous and sundry expenses that ownership will typically incur.
        Such items as unrecovered repair costs, non-recurring expenses,
        expenses associated with maintaining the vacant space and bad debts in
        excess of our credit loss provision would be included here.  In the
        initial year, these miscellaneous items are forecasted to amount to
        approximately $30,234, which is equal to $0.15 per square foot of owned
        GLA. Management - The annual cost of managing the subject property is
        projected to be 4.5 percent of minimum and percentage rent.  In the
        initial year of our analysis, this amount is shown to be $205,641.
        Alternatively, this amount is equivalent to approximately 2.0 percent
        of effective gross income.  Our estimate is reflective of a typical
        management agreement with a firm in the business of providing
        professional management services.  This amount is considered typical
        for a retail complex of this size.  Our investigation into the market
        for this property type indicates an overall range of fees of 3 to 5
        percent.  Since ownership does not separately charge leasing
        commissions, we have used the high end of the range as providing for
        compensation for these services.  In addition, a portion of the
        management fee is deducted before passing on the balance to the mall
        tenants as part of CAM.

        Alterations - The principal component of this expense is ownership's
        estimated cost to prepare a vacant suite for tenant use.  At the
        expiration of a lease, we have made a provision for the likely
        expenditure of some monies on ownership's part for tenant improvement
        allowances.  In this regard, we have forecasted a cost of $10.00 per
        square foot for turnover space (initial cost growing at expense growth
        rate) weighted by our turnover probability of 30 percent.  We have
        forecasted a rate of $1.00 per square foot for renewal (rollover)
        tenants, based on a renewal probability of 70 percent.  The blended
        rate based on our 70/30 turnover probability is therefore $3.10 per
        square foot.  It is also noted that ownership has been relatively
        successful in releasing space in its "as is" condition.  Evidence of
        this is seen in our previously presented summary of recent leasing
        activity at the mall.  In order to facilitate the lease-up of the
        Carson's space which is in raw condition, we have forecasted a
        workletter of $25.00 per square foot.  Also, we have utilized a tenant
        workletter of $15.00 per square foot for currently vacant space in the
        mall.  The provisions made here for tenant work lends additional
        conservatism our analysis. These costs are forecasted to increase at
        our implied expense growth rate.

        Capital Expenditures - Ownership has budgeted for certain capital
        expenditures which represent items outside of the normal repairs and
        maintenance budget.  As of this writing, the capital expenditure budget
        has not been approved but we can make some provisions with reasonable
        certainty for certain repairs.  Capital expenditures utilized for this
        analysis include miscellaneous capital projects, asbestos abatement,
        and capital reserves.  Capital projects on-going at Brookdale Center
        include the building systems upgrades, lot lighting and signage, roof
        and parking lot replacement and seal coating, and other capital items
        identified within General Growth's 1995 Annual Budget.  We have also
        made a provision for an interior renovation in 1997. It was our opinion
        that a prudent investor would make some provision for necessary repairs
        and upgrades.  To this end, we have reflected expenditures of $500,000
        in 1995, $400,000 in 1996, $200,000 in 1997 and $100,000 per annum
        thereafter.  In addition, the property is in need of general upgrading.
        We have reflected a cost of $4,500,000 equivalent to approximately
        $22.50 per square foot of mall GLA to be incurred in 1997.

        ACM Abatement - General Growth has also budgeted for asbestos abatement
        in the mall as tenant space is turned over and abatement is required
        during renovation.  We have therefore included abatement as a capital
        expenditure in our cash flow.  In 1995, asbestos abatement is scheduled
        to total $150,000.  This expense decreases to $75,000 for 1996, and
        $50,000 in 1997 to 1999.

        Dayton's Operating Agreement - As discussed, Dayton's operating
        covenant expires in 1996.  In order to keep this important anchor
        tenant at the mall, ownership should prudently expect to contribute
        toward a retrofit of the store.  We have budgeted $7,000,000 which is
        equivalent to approximately $36.00 per square foot.

        Replacement Reserves - It is customary and prudent to set aside an
        amount annually for the replacement of short-lived capital items such
        as the roof, parking lot and certain mechanical items.  The repairs and
        maintenance expense category has historically included some capital
        items which have been passed through to the tenants.  This appears to
        be a fairly common practice among most malls.  However, we feel that
        over a holding period some repairs or replacements will be needed that
        will not be passed on to the tenants.  Due to the inclusion of many of
        the capital items in the maintenance expense category, the reserves for
        replacement classification need not be sizeable.  This becomes a more
        focused issue when the CAM expense starts to get out of reach and
        tenants begin to complain.  For purposes of this report, we have
        estimated an expense of $0.15 per square foot of owned GLA during the
        first year, thereafter increasing by our expense growth rate throughout
        our cash flow analysis.

        Net Income/Net Cash Flow

        The total expenses of the subject property including alterations,
        commissions, capital expenditures, and reserves are annually deducted
        from total income, thereby leaving a residual net operating income or
        net cash flow to the investors in each year of the holding period
        before debt service.  In the initial year of investment, the net income
        is forecasted to be equal to $4,401,723 which is equivalent to 42.9
        percent of effective gross income.  Deducting other expenses including
        capital items results in a net cash flow loss of ($3,609,819).




                                Brookdale Center
                                Operating Summary
                        Initial Year of Investment - 1995
                        _________________________________

	
             Aggregate Sum        Unit Rate*        Operating Ratio
             ______________________________________________________

Effective
Gross
Income       $10,269,305           $50.95                 100.0%

             ______________________________________________________
Operating
Expenses     $ 5,867,582           $29.11                  57.1%

             ______________________________________________________
Net Income   $ 4,401,723           $21.84                  42.9%

             ______________________________________________________
Other
Expenses     $ 8,011,542           $39.75                  78.0%
             ______________________________________________________

Cash Flow   ($ 3,609,819)         ($17.91)               ( 25.28%)
             ______________________________________________________

                * Based on total owned GLA of 201,561 SF


        Our cash flow model has forecasted the following compound annual growth
        rates over the ten year holding period 1995-2004.

			Net Income		2.86%

        Overall, this is a reasonable forecast for a property of the subject's
        calibre and growth pattern which should attract some investor interest.


Investment Parameters

        After projecting the income and expense components of the subject
        property, investment parameters must be set in order to forecast
        property performance over the holding period.  These parameters include
        the selection of capitalization rates (both initial and terminal) and
        application of the appropriate discount or yield rate.


Selection of Capitalization Rates

        The overall capitalization rate bears a direct relationship between net
        operating income generated by the real estate in the initial year of
        investment (or initial stabilized year) and the value of the asset in
        the marketplace.  Overall rates are also affected by the existing
        leasing schedule of the property, the strength or weakness of the local
        rental market, the property's position relative to competing
        properties, and the risk/return characteristics associated with
        competitive investments.

	In recent years, investors have shown a shift in preference to initial return 
as overall capitalization rates have increased over the past several 
years.  Analysis of market sales of regional malls shows that 
capitalization rates have increased from a mean of 5.97 percent in 1988, to 
a mean of 7.64 percent in 1993.  These sales, as tracked by Cushman & 
Wakefield, have included investment grade regional malls throughout the 
United States. In 1993, fourteen sales represented a range in 
capitalization rates.
     
                        Overall Capitalization Rates
                             Regional Mall Sales
                        ____________________________


                       Overall Capitalization Rates
                             Regional Mall Sales
                        ____________________________


        Year        Range        Mean        Basis Point Change
        _______________________________________________________

        1988        4.99%-8.00%  5.97%             -
        _______________________________________________________

        1989        4.57%-7.26%  5.39%             -58
        _______________________________________________________

        1990        5.06%-9.11%  6.29%             +90
        _______________________________________________________

        1991        5.60%-7.82%  6.44%             +15
        _______________________________________________________

        1992        6.00%-8.00%  7.31%             +87
        _______________________________________________________

        1993        7.00%-9.00%  7.64%             +33
        _______________________________________________________

        1994        7.40%-10.29% 8.63%             +99
        _______________________________________________________


        The data above shows that with the exception of 1989, the average cap
        rate has shown a rising trend each year.  Between 1988 and 1989, the
        average rate declined by 58 basis points.  This was partly a result of
        dramatically fewer transactions in 1989 as well as the sale of
        Woodfield Mall at a reported cap rate of 4.57 percent.  In 1990 the
        average cap rate jumped 90 basis points to 6.29 percent.  Among the 16
        transactions we surveyed that year, there was a marked shift of
        investment criteria upward with additional basis point risk added due
        to the deteriorating economic climate for commercial real estate.
        Furthermore, the problems with department store anchors added to the
        perceived investment risk.

        1992 saw owners become more realistic in their pricing as some looked
        to move product because of other financial pressures.  The 87 basis
        point rise to 7.31 percent reflected the reality that in many markets
        malls were not performing as strongly as expected.  A continuation of
        this trend was seen in 1993 as the average rate has increased by 33
        basis points.  Only seven transactions have been surveyed for 1994
        which reflect a wide range in product quality.  The mean OAR of 8.63
        percent includes only two transactions in the 7.0 percent range.  There
        does appear to be strong evidence that the rise in cap rates has
        stabilized and that the demand for good quality retail product will
        begin to lower yields and force up prices.  With the creation of so
        many retail REITs over the past year, many of which are flush with
        cash, their appetite to acquire property could have such an affect on
        pricing.

        The Cushman & Wakefield Winter 1994 survey reveals that going-in cap
        rates for regional shopping centers range between 6.50 and 9.50 percent
        with a low average of 7.60 and high average of 8.40 percent,
        respectively; a spread of 80 basis points.  Generally, the change in
        average capitalization rates over the Fall/Winter 1993 survey shows
        that the low average increased by 20 basis points, while the upper
        average decreased by 12 points.  Terminal, or going-out rates are now
        8.00 and 8.80 percent, representing an increase of 32 and 16 basis
        points, respectively, from Fall/Winter 1993 averages.


                        Cushman & Wakefield Appraisal Services
                     National Investor Survey - Regional Malls (%)
                     ____________________________________________

        Investment    Winter    1994      Summer       1994    Fall/Winter 1993
        Parameters    LOW       HIGH      LOW          HIGH    LOW         HIGH
        ______________________________________________________________________
        OAR/Going-In  6.50-9.50,7.50-9.50 6.50-9.50,6.50-10  6.75-8,7.50-10.00
                         7.6       8.4       7.6       8.30    7.40    8.52
        ______________________________________________________________________
        OAR/Terminal  7.00-9.50,7.50-10.50,7.00-9.5,7.5-10   7.5-9.0,7.5-11.00
                         8.0       8.8       8.20    8.90      7.68     8.64
        ______________________________________________________________________
        IRR           10-11.50, 10-13      9-11, 11-13        10-15   10.50-15
                        10.5    11.5       10.60  11.60        11.11    12.09
        ______________________________________________________________________




        The fourth quarter 1994 Peter F. Korpacz survey finds that cap rates
        have remained relatively stable.  They recognize that there is extreme
        competition for the few premier malls that are offered for sale which
        should exert downward pressure on rates.




                        NATIONAL REGIONAL MALL MARKET
                             FOURTH QUARTER 1994
                        _____________________________

KEY INDICATORS              CURRENT      LAST
Free & Clear Equity IRR     QUARTER      QUARTER         YEAR AGO
______________________________________________________________________

RANGE
AVERAGE                  10.00%-14.00%   10.00%-14.00%   10.00-14.00%
                             11.60%           11.60%         11.65%

CHANGE (Basis Points)          -                - 0           - 5

Free & Clear Going-In Cap Rate

RANGE
AVERAGE                   6.25%-11.00%    6.00%-11.00%    6.00%-11.00%
                              7.73%           7.73%           7.70%

Residual Cap Rate

RANGE
AVERAGE                   7.00%-11.00%    7.00%-11.50%    7.00-11.50%
                             8.30%            8.32%          8.34%

CHANGE (Basis Points)          -                - 2           - 4
______________________________________________________________________

Source:  Peter Korpacz Associates, Inc. - Real Estate Investor Survey
Fourth Quarter - 1994


       As can be seen from the above, the average IRR has decreased by 5 basis
       points to 11.60 percent from one year ago.  However, it is noted that
       this measure has been relatively stable over the past twelve months.
       The quarter's average initial free and clear equity cap rate rose 3
       basis points to 7.73 percent from a year earlier, while the residual cap
       rate decreased 4 basis points to 8.30 percent.

       Most retail properties that are considered institutional grade are
       existing, seasoned centers with good inflation protection that offer
       stability in income and are strongly positioned to the extent that they
       are formidable barriers to new competition.  Equally important are
       centers which offer good upside potential after face-lifting,
       renovations, or expansion.  With new construction down substantially,
       owners have accelerated renovation and re-merchandising programs.
       Little competition from over-building is likely in most mature markets
       within which these centers are located.  Environmental concerns and
       "no-growth" mentalities in communities are now serious impediments to
       new retail development.

       Equitable Real Estate Investment Management, Inc. reports in their
       Emerging Trends in Real Estate - 1995 that their respondents give retail
       investments reasonably good marks for 1995.  It is estimated that the
       bottom of the market for retail occurred in 1993.  During 1994, value
       changes for regional malls and power centers is estimated to be 1.4 and
       3.5 percent, respectively.  Other retail property should see a rise of
       1.7 percent in 1994.  Forecasts for 1995 show regional malls leading the
       other retail categories with a 2.8 percent increase.  Power centers and
       other retailers are expected to have increases of 2.6 and 2.2 percent,
       respectively.  Long term prospects (1995-2005) for regional malls fare
       the best for all retail properties which is expected to outstrip total
       inflation (4.0 percent) with a 43 percent gain.

       The bid/deal spread has narrowed due to a pick up in transactions.  On
       average, the bid/ask spread for retail property is 60 to 70 basis
       points, implying a pricing gap of 5 to 10 percent.


                    Capitalization Rate Bid/Ask Characteristics (%)
                    _______________________________________________


             Type        Bid        Ask        Bid/Ask Spread        Deal
             ____________________________________________________________

             Regional
             Mall        8.1        7.3             .8                7.5


             Power
             Center      9.3        8.7             .6                8.8


             Other       9.7        9.1             .6                9.3
             ____________________________________________________________



        Prospects for regional malls and smaller retail investments are
        tempered by the choppy environment featuring increased store
        competition and continued shakeout.  Population increases are expected
        to be concentrated in lower income households, not the middle to upper
        income groups.  Through the balance of the 1990s, retail sales are
        expected to outpace inflation on an annual basis of only 2 percent.
        Thus, with a maturing retail market, store growth and mall investment
        gains will come at the expense of competition.

        Emerging Trends sees a 15 to 20 percent reduction in the number of
        malls nationwide before the end of the decade.  The report goes on to
        cite that after having been written off, department stores are emerging
        from the shake-out period as powerful as ever.  Many of the nations
        largest chains are reporting impressive profit levels, part of which
        has come about from their ability to halt the double digit sales growth
        of the national discount chains.  Mall department stores are
        aggressively reacting to power and outlet centers to protect their
        market share.  Department stores are frequently meeting discounters on
        price.

        Despite the competitive turmoil, Emerging Trends, interviewees remain
        moderately positive about retail investments.

        Evidence has shown that mall property sales which include anchor stores
        have lowered the square foot unit prices for some comparables, and have
        affected investor perceptions.  In our discussions with major shopping
        center owners and investors, we learned that capitalization rates and
        underwriting criteria have become more sensitive to the contemporary
        issues affecting department store anchors.  Traditionally, department
        stores have been an integral component of a successful shopping center
        and, therefore, of similar investment quality if they were performing
        satisfactorily.

        During the 1980's a number of acquisitions, hostile take-overs and
        restructurings occurred in the department store industry which changed
        the playing field forever.  Weighted down by intolerable debt, combined
        with a slumping economy and a shift in shopping patterns, the end of
        the decade was marked by a number of bankruptcy filings unsurpassed in
        the industry's history.  Evidence of further weakening continued into
        1991-1992 with filings by such major firms as Carter Hawley Hale, P.A.
        Bergner & Company, and Macy's.  In early 1994, Woodward & Lothrop
        announced a bankruptcy involving two department store divisions that
        dominate the Philadelphia and Washington D.C. markets.  More recently,
        however, department stores have been reporting a return to
        profitability resulting from increased operating economies and higher
        sales volumes.  Sears, once marked by many for extinction, has more
        recently won the praise of analysts.  However, their cost cutting was
        deep and painful as it involved closure to nearly 100 stores.
        Federated Department Stores has also been acclaimed as a text book
        example on how to successfully emerge from bankruptcy.  They have
        recently merged with Macy's to form one of the nation's largest
        department store companies with sales in excess of $13.0 billion
        dollars.  The explosive growth of the category killers has caused
        department stores to aggressively cut costs and become more efficient
        in managing their inventory.

        With all this in mind, investors are looking more closely at the
        strength of the anchors when evaluating an acquisition.  Most of our
        survey respondents were of the opinion that they were indifferent to
        acquiring a center that included the anchors versus stores that were
        independently owned if they were good performers.  However, where an
        acquisition includes anchor stores, the resulting cash flow is
        typically segregated with the income attributed to anchors (base plus
        percentage rent) analyzed at a higher cap rate then that produced by
        the mall shops.

	Investors have shown a shift in preference to initial return, placing probably 
less emphasis on the DCF.  Understandably, this thinking has evolved after 
a few hard years of reality where optimistic cash flow projections did not 
materialize.  The DCF is still, in our opinion, a valid valuation technique 
that when properly supported, can present a realistic forecast of a 
property's performance and its current value in the marketplace.  
Generally, we are inclined to group and characterize regional malls


        Our survey of 1993 regional mall sales shows a mean overall
        capitalization rate of 7.65 percent.  The average terminal
        capitalization rate was 13 basis points higher at 7.78 percent while
        the average discount rate was 11.49 percent.  We are still in the
        process of confirming 1994 activity but preliminary results show an
        average overall rate of 8.63 percent and an IRR of 11.27 percent.

       Based upon this discussion, we are inclined to group and characterize 
       regional malls.

	Cap Rate Range	Category

	6.5% to 7.0%	Top 20 malls in the country.

        7.0% to 8.5%    Dominant Class A investment grade property, excellent
                        demographics (top 50 markets), and considered to

                        present a significant barrier to entry within its trade
                        area.

        8.5% to 10.5%   Somewhat broad characterization of investment quality
                        properties ranging from primary MSAs to second tier
                        cities.  Properties at the higher end of the scale are
                        probably somewhat vulnerable to new competition in
                        their market.

        10.5% to 12.0%  Remaining product which has limited appeal or
                        significant risk which will attract only a smaller,
                        select group of investors.

        Brookdale Center is an older property that has been impacted by its
        competition, changing demographics, and aging physical plant.  In
        addition, the threat of competition has intensified and the possibility
        exists that Dayton's could leave should one of the proposed malls be
        built.

        However, we do recognize that management has been addressing the
        physical issues and continues to be relatively successful in attracting
        new tenants to the mall.  The renovation of the Carson's Throat area
        will be a long term benefit to the property.

        Finally, we don't believe that the conversion of the Carson's store to
        a Mervyn's will have a material impact on the center's investment
        appeal.  While new to the region, Dayton's is making a major commitment
        to the Twin Cities area by converting seven units to this new store
        format.  The lower price points offered by Mervyn's will compliment the
        higher priced apparel found at the traditional Dayton's.  Mervyn's
        market niche is more representative of Brookdale's trade area.  While
        it will compete with Kohl's, the two stores should act as a more
        cohesive draw to the mall and enhance its total trade area draw.

        On balance, a property with the characteristics of the subject would
        potentially trade at an overall rate between 8.75 and 9.0 percent based
        on first year income if it were operating on a stabilized operating
        income basis.

        For the reversion year, additional basis points would be added to the
        going-in rate to account for future risks of operating the property.
        This contingency is typically used to cover any risks associated with
        lease-up of vacant space, costs of maintaining occupancy, prospects of
        future competition, and the uncertainty of maintaining forecasted
        growth rates over the holding period.  Investors may structure a
        differential of up to 100 basis points in their analysis depending on
        the quality and attributes of the property and its market area.  In the
        surveys cited, typical reversion, or going-out rates run between 10 and
        60 basis points above the initial cap.  However, because of the risk
        associated with the subject, we believe that a wider range is
        warranted.  By adding 50 to 100 points to the subject's overall rate,
        the implied terminal capitalization rate would run between 9.25 and
        10.0 percent.  By applying a rate of say, 9.75 percent to the reversion
        year's net operating income core reserves, capital expenditures,
        leasing commissions, and alterations, yields an overall sale price at
        the end of the holding period of approximately $62.82 million for the
        subject (based on net income of $6,124,844 in calendar year 2005).

        From the projected reversionary value, we have made a deduction to
        account for the various transaction costs associated with the sale of
        an asset of this type.  These costs amount to 2.0 percent of the total
        disposition price of the subject property as an allowance for transfer
        taxes, professional fees, and other miscellaneous expenses including an
        allowance for alteration costs that the seller pays at final closing.
        Deducting these transaction costs from the computed reversion renders
        the pre-tax net proceeds of sale to be received by an investor in the
        subject property at the end of the holding period.


                          Net Proceeds at Reversion
                          _________________________

        Gross Sale Price      Less Costs of Sale
        at Disposition        & Misc. Expenses @ 2%       Net Proceeds
        ______________________________________________________________


        $62,819,000              $1,256,380               $61,562,620
        _____________________________________________________________



Selection of Discount Rate


        The discounted cash flow analysis makes several assumptions which
        reflect typical investor requirements for yield on real property.
        These assumptions are difficult to directly extract from any given
        market sale or by comparison to other investment vehicles.  Instead,
        investor surveys of major real estate investment funds and trends in
        bond yield rates are often cited to support such analysis.

        A yield or discount rate differs from an income rate, such as
        cash-on-cash (equity dividend rate), in that it takes into
        consideration all equity benefits, including the equity reversion at
        the time of resale and annual cash flow from the property.  The
        internal rate of return is the single-yield rate that is used to
        discount all future equity benefits (cash flow and reversion) into the
        initial equity investment.  Thus, a current estimate of the subject's
        present value may be derived by discounting the projected income stream
        and reversion year sale at the property's yield rate.

        Yield rates on long term real estate investments range widely between
        property types.  As cited in Cushman & Wakefield's Winter 1994 survey,
        investors in regional malls are currently looking at broad rates of
        return between 10.0 and 13.00 percent, down slightly from both the
        Summer 1994 and the Fall/Winter 1993 surveys.  The indicated low and
        high means are 10.50 and 11.50 percent, respectively.  Peter F. Korpacz
        reports an average internal rate of return of 11.60 percent for the
        fourth quarter 1994, down 5 basis points from year ago levels.  CB
        Commercial's survey also suggests an 11.60 percent IRR, up 20 points
        from one year ago.

        The various sales discussed in the Sales Comparison Approach displayed
        expected rates of return between 10.75 and 12.50 percent for 1993, with
        a mean of 11.53 percent for those sales reporting IRR expectancies.
        The range reported represents primarily Class A, investment grade
        malls.  Rates for marginal Class B centers in second tier locations
        typically show rates in excess of 12.00 percent.

        The yield rate on a long term real estate investment can also be
        compared with yield rates offered by alternative financial investments
        since real estate must compete in the open market for capital.  In
        developing an appropriate risk rate for the subject, consideration has
        been given to a number of different investment opportunities.  The
        following is a list of rates offered by other types of securities.

        
        Market Rates and Bond Yields (%)   January 30, 1995     Year Ago
        _______________________________________________________________

        Reserve Bank Discount Rate               4.75             3.00
        Prime Rate (Monthly Average)             8.50             6.00
        3-Month Treasury Bills                   5.73             2.99
        U.S. 10-Year Bonds                       7.60             5.64
        U.S. 30-Year Bonds                       7.75             6.23
        Telephone Bonds                          8.62             7.15
        Municipal Bonds                          6.70             5.45

        Source: New York Times
        _______________________________________________________________



        This compilation of yield rates from alternative investments reflects
        varying degrees of risk as perceived by the market.  Therefore, a
        riskless level of investment might be seen in a three month treasury
        bill at 5.73 percent.  A more risky investment, such as telephone
        bonds, would currently yield a much higher rate of 8.62 percent.  As of
        this writing, the prime rate has been increased to 8.50, while the
        discount rate has increased to 4.75 percent.  Ten year treasury notes
        are currently yielding around 7.62 percent, while 30-year bonds are at
        7.75 percent.

        Real estate investment typically requires a higher rate of return
        (yield) and is much influenced by the relative health of financial
        markets.  A regional mall investment tends to incorporate a blend of
        risk and credit based on the tenant mix, the anchors that are included
        (or excluded) in the transaction, and the assumptions of growth
        incorporated within the cash flow analysis.  An appropriate discount
        rate selected for a regional mall thus attempts to consider the
        underlying credit and security of the income stream, and includes an
        appropriate premium for liquidity issues relating to the asset. There
        has historically been a consistent relationship between the spread in
        rates of return for real estate and the "safe" rate available through
        long-term treasuries or high-grade corporate bonds.  A wider gap
        between return requirements for real estate and alternative investments
        has been created in recent years due to illiquidity issues, the absence
        of third party financing, and the decline in property values.

        Investors have suggested that the regional mall market has become
        increasingly "tiered" over the past two years.  The country's premier
        malls are considered to have the strongest trade areas, excellent
        anchor alignments, and significant barriers of entry to future
        competitive supply.  These and other "dominant" malls will have average
        mall shop sales above $300 per square foot and be attractive investment
        vehicles in the current market.  It is our opinion that the subject
        would attract considerable interest from institutional investors if
        offered for sale in the current marketplace.  There are few regional
        mall assets of comparable quality currently available, and many
        regional malls have been included within REITs, rather than offered on
        an individual property basis.  However, we must further temper our
        analysis due to the fact that there remains some risk that the inherent
        assumptions employed in our model come to full fruition.

        We have briefly discussed the investment risks associated with the
        subject.  On balance, it is our opinion that an investor in the subject
        property would require an internal rate of return between 12.5 and 13.0
        percent.


Investment Analysis


        Analysis by the discounted cash flow method is examined over a holding
        period that allows the investment to mature, the investor to recognize
        a return commensurate with the risk taken, and a recapture of the
        original investment.  Typical holding periods usually range from 10 to
        20 years and are sufficient for the majority of institutional grade
        real estate such as the subject to meet the criteria noted above.  In
        the instance of the subject, we have analyzed the anticipated cash
        flows over an ten year period commencing on January 1, 1995.

        A sale or reversion is deemed to occur at the end of the 10th calendar
        year (December 31, 2004) based upon capitalization of the following
        year's net operating income.  This is based upon the premise that a
        purchaser is buying the following year's net income.  Therefore, our
        analysis reflects this practice by capitalizing the first year of the
        next holding period.

        The present value was formulated by discounting the property cash flows
        at various yield rates.  The yield rate utilized to discount the
        projected cash flow and eventual property reversion was based on our
        analysis of anticipated yield rates of investors dealing in similar
        investments.  The rates reflect acceptable expectations of yield to be
        achieved by investors currently in the marketplace shown in their
        current investment criteria and as extracted from regional and super
        regional mall sales.


Cash Flow Assumptions


        Our cash flows forecasted for the mall have been presented.  To
        reiterate, the formulation of these cash flows incorporated into our
        computer model the following general assumptions.

        1)      The pro forma is presented on a calendar year basis commencing
                on January 1, 1995.  The present value analysis is based on a
                10 year holding period commencing from that date.  This period
                reflects 10 years of operations and follows an adequate time
                for the property to proceed through an orderly lease-up and
                continue to benefit from its on-going remerchandising.  In this
                regard, we have projected that the investment will be sold at
                year end 2004.

        2)      Existing lease terms and conditions remain unmodified until
                their expiration.  At expiration, it has been assumed that
                there is a 70 percent probability that the existing retail
                tenants will renew their lease.  Executed and high probability
                pending leases have been assumed to be signed in accordance
                with negotiated terms as of the date of valuation.  Some
                tenants have renewal options which are generally favorable.  In
                most instances we have assumed that options are exercised.

        3)      1995 base date market rental rates for existing tenants have
                been established according to tenant size with consideration
                given to location within the mall, the specific merchandise
                category, as well as the tenants sales history.  Lease terms
                throughout the total complex vary but for new in-line mall
                tenants are generally 10 years with step-ups in the 4th and 8th
                years.  Upon renewal, it is assumed that new leases are also
                written for 10 years with the same rent step schedule.  An
                exception exists in the instance where a tenant had been paying
                percentage rent and is forecasted to continue to pay percentage
                rent over the ensuing 10 year period.  In these instances, we
                have assumed that a flat lease will be written.  Kiosk leases
                are assumed to be written for 5 year terms with a 10 percent
                increase in year 4.

        4)      Market rents have been established for 1995.  Subsequently, it
                is our assumption that market rental rates for mall tenants
                will be flat in 1996 and then increase by 1 percent in 1997, 2
                percent in 1998, 3 percent in 1999, and 3.5 percent per annum
                on average thereafter over the investment holding period.

        5)      Most tenants have percentage rental clauses providing for the
                payment of overage rent.  We have relied upon sales data
                through 1994 as provided by management.  In our analysis, we
                have forecasted that sales will decline by 1.5 percent in 1995
                and then grow by 2 percent in 1997, 3 percent in 1998, and 3.5
                percent per annum thereafter.

        6)      Expense recoveries are based upon terms specified in the
                various lease contracts.  As identified, due to the age of the
                mall and its variety of components, there are a myriad of
                reimbursement methods. The new standard lease contract for real
                estate taxes, and common area maintenance billings for interior
                mall tenants is based upon a tenants pro rata share with the
                latter carrying an administrative surcharge of 15 percent.
                Pro-rata share is calculated on leased (occupied) area as
                opposed leasable area after deduction for the contributions of
                department stores for these expense pools.  Energy (HVAC) is
                recoverable from Dayton's with a 15 percent administrative fee.

        7)      Income lost due to vacancy and non-payment of obligations has
                been based upon our turnover probability assumption as well as
                a global provision for credit loss.  Upon the expiration of a
                lease, there is 30 percent probability that the retail tenant
                will vacate the suite. At this time we have forecasted that
                rent loss equivalent to 6 months rent would be incurred to
                account for the time associated with bringing the space back
                on-line.  In addition, we have forecasted an annual global
                vacancy and credit loss ranging from 3.0 percent to 6.0 percent
                of gross rental income.  This global provision is applied to
                all tenants excluding anchor department stores.

        8)      Operating expenses are generally forecasted to increase by 4
                percent per year except for management which is based upon 4.5
                percent of minimum and percentage revenues annually and taxes
                which are forecasted to grow by 5 percent per year.  Alteration
                costs are assumed to escalate at our forecasted expense
                inflation rate.

         9)     A provision for capital reserves initially equal to $.15 per
                square foot of total owned GLA (mall shops) has been deducted.
                An alteration charge of $10.00 per square foot rate to turnover
                retail space with a $1.00 per square foot allowance for
                rollover tenants.  Raw space associated with the Carson's
                Throat area has been allocated a $25.00 per square foot
                workletter.

        For a property such as the subject, it is our opinion that an investor
        would require an all cash discount rate in the range of 12.50 to 13.0
        percent.  Accordingly, we have discounted the projected future pre-tax
        cash flows to be received by an equity investor in the subject property
        to a present value so as to yield 12.50 to 13.0 percent at 25 basis
        point intervals on equity capital over the holding period.  This range
        of rates reflects the risks associated with the investment.
        Discounting these cash flows over the range of yield and terminal rates
        now being required by participants in the market for this type of real
        estate places additional perspective upon our analysis.  A valuation
        matrix for Brookdale Center appears below.

        
                                   Brookdale Center
                                   Valuation Matrix
                                   ________________

          Terminal Rate      12.50%        12.75%        13.0%
          ______________________________________________________

          9.50%         $35,072,000    $34,406,000   $33,754,000

          9.75%         $34,573,000    $33,918,000   $33,277,000

         10.00%         $34,099,000    $33,454,000   $32,823,000
          ______________________________________________________

                                                                
        Through such a sensitivity analysis, it can be seen that the present
        value of the subject property varies from approximately $32.8 to $35.1
        million.  Giving consideration to all of the characteristics of the
        subject previously discussed, we feel that a prudent investor would
        require a yield which falls near the middle of the range outlined above
        for this property.  Accordingly, we believe that based upon all of the
        assumptions inherent in our cash flow analysis, an investor would look
        toward as IRR of approximately 12.75 percent and a terminal rate of
        9.75 percent as being most representative of the subject's value in the
        market. In view of the analysis presented here, it becomes our opinion
        that the discounted cash flow analysis indicates a market value of
        $34,000,000 for the subject property.  The indices of investment
        generated through this indicated value conclusion are shown below.


                                   Brookdale Center
                                  Investment Indices
                                  __________________
                                                    
                 Equity Yield (IRR)                        12.72%
                 Overall Capitalization Rate *             12.95%
                 Price/SF of Owned Mall Shop GLA         $168.68
                 ________________________________________________

        *  Based on net income of $4,401,723 for first year (calendar year
           1995)

        ** Based on 201,561 square feet
        _____________________________________________________________________

                                                                 
        We note that the computed equity yield is not necessarily the true rate
        of return on equity capital.  This analysis has been performed on a
        pre-tax basis.  The tax benefits created by real estate investment will
        serve to attract investors to a pre-tax yield which is not the full
        measure of the return on capital.


Direct Capitalization


        To further support our value conclusion at stabilization derived via
        the discounted cash flow analysis, we have also utilized the direct
        capitalization method.  In direct capitalization an overall rate is
        applied to the net operating income of the subject property.  In this
        case, we will again consider the indicated overall rates from the
        comparable sales in the Sales Comparison Approach as well as those
        rates established in our Investor Survey.

        The sales displayed in our summary charts developed overall rates
        ranging from 5.60 to 10.29 percent.

        Generally, new construction and centers leased at economic rates tend
        to sell for relatively high overall capitalization rates. Conversely,
        centers that are older and contain below-market leases reflecting
        leasing profiles with good upside potential tend to sell with lower
        overall capitalization rates.  The subject has, in our opinion, some
        good upside potential through releasing and remerchandising.  However,
        there remains a threat from increased competition in view of the
        dynamic nature of the MSA.

        In view of all of the above, we would anticipate that at the subject
        would trade at an overall rate of approximately 8.75 to 9.25 percent
        applied to first year income.  Applying these rates to first year net
        operating income before reserves, alterations and other expenses for
        the subject of $4,401,723 results in a value of approximately
        $47,586,000 to $50,305,000.

        From these indicated values, we must consider a deduction for capital
        expenditures, asbestos removal, and significant building alterations
        planned over the near-term at the property.  As such, we have estimated
        the present worth of these expenditures, discounting them back at the
        property's discount rate of approximately 12.75 percent.  The
        discounting of these figures can be seen below.


                           Present Value of Capital Expenditures
                           _____________________________________

                        Year           Expense   Net Present Value

                        1995        $ 7,954,290        $ 7,054,803

                        1996        $   928,267        $   730,197

                        1997        $ 5,147,099        $ 3,590,979

                        1998        $   242,277        $   149,915

                        1999        $   164,665        $    90,369

                        Total       $14,436,598        $11,616,263
                        __________________________________________
                                                

        By deducting $11,620,000 from the previously calculated values, we see
        a range for the subject property of approximately $35,970,000 to
        $38,685,000.  On balance, we would be inclined to conclude at a point
        somewhere near the middle of the range presented.  Based on the above,
        the resulting net valuation via direct capitalization is shown to be
        $37,000,000 as of January 1, 1995.

        Application of the Sales Comparison Approach and Income Approaches used
        in the valuation of the subject property has produced results which
        fall within a reasonably acceptable range.  Restated, these are:


                Methodology                   Market Value Conclusion
                _____________________________________________________

                Sales Comparison Approach    $33,900,000 - $36,400,000

                Income Approach
                 Direct Capitalization       $37,000,000
                 Discounted Cash Flow        $34,000,000
                _____________________________________________________


        This is considered a narrow range in possible value given the magnitude
        of the value estimates.  Both approaches are well supported by data
        extracted from the market.  There are, however, strengths and
        weaknesses in each of these two approaches which require reconciliation
        before a final conclusion of value can be rendered.

Sales Comparison Approach

        The Sales Comparison Approach arrived at a value indicted for the
        property by analyzing historical arms-length transaction, reducing the
        gathered information to common units of comparison, adjusting the sale
        data for differences with the subject and interpreting the results to
        yield a meaningful value conclusion.  The basis of these conclusions
        was the cash-on-cash return based on net income and the adjusted price
        per square foot of gross leasable area sold.  An analysis of the
        subject on the basis of its implicit sales multiple was also utilized.

        The process of comparing historical sales data to assess what
        purchasers have been paying for similar type properties is weak in 
        estimating future expectations.  Although the unit sale price 
        yields comparable conclusions, it is not the primary tool by which 
        the investor market for a property like the subject operates.  In 
        addition, no two properties are alike with respect to quality of
        construction, location, market segmentation and income profile.       
        As such, subjective judgement necessarily become a part of the
        comparative process.  The usefulness of this approach is that it 
        interprets specific investor parameters established in their 
        analysis and ultimate purchase of a property.  In light of the 
        above, the writers are of the opinion that this methodology is best 
        suited as support for the conclusions of the Income Approach.  This 
        is also particularly relevant in the estimation of value at 
        stabilization.  It does provide useful market extracted rates of 
        return such as overall rates to simulate investor behavior in the 
        Income Approach.


Income Approach


        Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

        The subject property is highly suited to analysis by the discounted
        cash flow method as it will be bought and sold in investment circles.
        The focus on property value in relation to anticipated income is well
        founded since the basis for investment is profit in the form of return
        or yield on invested capital.  The subject property, as an investment
        vehicle, is sensitive to all changes in the economic climate and the
        economic expectations of investors.  The discounted cash flow analysis
        may easily reflect changes in the economic climate of investor
        expectations by adjusting the variables used to qualify the model.  In
        the case of the subject property, the Income Approach can analyze
        existing leases, the probabilities of future rollovers and turnovers
        and reflect the expectations of overage rents.  Essentially, the Income
        Approach can model many of the dynamics of a complex shopping center.
        The writers have considered the results of the discounted cash flow
        analysis because of the ability of this method in accounting for the
        particular characteristics of the property, as well as being the tool
        used by many purchasers.

Capitalization

        Direct capitalization has its basis in capitalization theory and uses
        the premise that the relationship between income and sales price may be
        expressed as a rate or its reciprocal, a multiplier.  This process
        selects rates derived from the marketplace, in much the same fashion as
        the Sales Comparison Approach and applies this to a projected net
        operating income to derive a sale price.  The weakness here is the idea
        of using one year of cash flow as the  basis for calculating a sale
        price.  This is simplistic in its view of expectations and may
        sometimes be misleading.  If the year chosen for the analysis of the
        sale price contains an income steam that is over or understated this
        error is compounded by the capitalization process.  Nonetheless, real
        estate of the subject's caliber is commonly purchased on a direct
        capitalization basis.  Overall, this methodology was given important
        consideration in our total analysis.

Conclusions

        We have briefly discussed the applicability of each of the methods
        presented.  Because of certain vulnerable characteristics in the Sales
        Comparison Approach, it has been used as supporting evidence and as a
        final check on the value conclusion indicated by the Income Approach
        methodologies.  The ranges in value exhibited by the Income Approach
        are consistent with the leasing profiles.  Each indicates complimentary
        results with the Sales Comparison Approach, the conclusions being
        supportive of each method employed, and neither range being extremely
        high or low in terms of the other.

        As a result of our analysis, we have formed an opinion that the market
        value of the leased fee estate in the referenced property, subject to
        the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions,
        as of January 1, 1995, was:

                                THIRTY FIVE MILLION DOLLARS
                                       $35,000,000

                                                  
"Appraisal" means the appraisal report and opinion of value stated therein, 
 or the letter opinion of value, to which these Assumptions and Limiting 
 Conditions are annexed.
"Property" means the subject of the Appraisal.

"C&W" means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary which issued the 
Appraisal.

"Appraiser(s)" means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the 
Appraisal.

The Appraisal has been made subject to the following assumptions and 
limiting conditions:

        1.      No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is
                assumed for the legal description or for any matters which are
                legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized
                knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser.  Title to the
                Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property
                is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise
                stated.  No survey of the Property was undertaken.

        2.      The information contained in the Appraisal or upon which the
                Appraisal is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser
                assumes to be reliable and accurate.  Some of such information
                may have been provided by the owner of the Property.  Neither
                the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or
                completeness of such information, including the correctness of
                estimates, opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual
                matters.

        3.      The opinion of value is only as of the date stated in the
                Appraisal.  Changes since that date in external and market
                factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect
                property value.

        4.      The Appraisal is to be used in whole and not in part.  No part
                of the Appraisal shall be used in conjunction with any other
                appraisal. Publication of the Appraisal or any portion thereof
                without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited.  Except
                as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the
                Appraisal may not be used by any person other than the party to
                whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which
                it was prepared.  No part of the Appraisal shall be conveyed to
                the public through advertising, or used in any sales or
                promotional material without C&W's prior written consent.
                Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation
                is prohibited.

        5.      Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement,
                the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any 
                court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property 
                or the Appraisal.

        6.      The Appraisal assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent
                management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or
                unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures
                that render the Property more or less valuable (no
                responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging
                for engineering studies that may be required to discover them);
                (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and
                local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless
                noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in the
                Appraisal; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of
                occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be
                obtained and renewed for any use on which the value estimate
                contained in the Appraisal is based.

        7.      The physical condition of the improvements considered by the
                Appraisal is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or
                other person identified in the Appraisal.  C&W assumes no
                responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for
                the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical
                components.

        8.      The forecasted potential gross income referred to in the
                Appraisal may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner
                or third parties. The Appraiser assumes no responsibility for
                the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided
                by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained
                regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the
                contractual rights of parties.

        9.      The forecasts of income and expenses are not predictions of the
                future.  Rather, they are the Appraiser's best estimates of
                current market thinking on future income and expenses.  The
                Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these
                forecasts will materialize.  The real estate market is
                constantly fluctuating and changing.  It is not the Appraiser's
                task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a
                future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what
                the investment community, as of the date of the Appraisal,
                envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses,
                supply and demand.

        10.     Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, the existence of
                potentially hazardous or toxic materials which may have been
                used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or
                may be located at or about the Property was not considered in
                arriving at the opinion of value.  These materials (such as
                formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other
                potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value
                of the Property.  The Appraisers are not qualified to detect
                such substances.  C&W recommends that an environmental expert
                be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the
                opinion of value.

        11.     Unless otherwise stated in the Appraisal, compliance with the
                requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990
                (ADA) has not been considered in arriving at the opinion of
                value.  Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may
                adversely affect the value of the Property.  C&W recommends
                that an expert in this field be employed.

        12.     If the Appraisal has been prepared for The Resolution Trust
                Corporation ("RTC"), it may be distributed to parties
                requesting a copy in accordance with RTC policy.  However, as
                to such parties, the Appraisal shall be deemed provided for
                informational purposes only and such recipients shall not be
                entitled to rely on the Appraisal for any purpose nor shall C&W
                or the Appraisers have any liability to such recipients based
                thereon.


                                CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL



	We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

 1.     Richard W. Latella, MAI inspected the property.  Jay F. Booth did not
        inspect the property but provided significant assistance in the
        preparation of the cash flows and the report.

 2.	The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

 3.     The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by
        the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal,
        unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

 4.     We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the
        subject of this report, and we have no personal interest or bias with 
        respect to the parties involved.

 5.	Our compensation is not contingent upon the reporting of a predetermined 
value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount 
of the value estimate, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the 
occurrence of a subsequent event.  The appraisal assignment was not based on a 
requested minimum valuation, a specific valuation or the approval of a loan.

 6.     No one provided significant professional assistance to the persons
        signing this report.

 7.     Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report
        has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of
        Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the
        Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal
        Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

 8.     The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal
        Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

 9.     As of the date of this report, Richard W. Latella has completed the
        requirements of the continuing education program of the Appraisal
        Institute.


        Richard W. Latella, MAI                 Jay F. Booth
        Senior Director                         Valuation Advisory Services
        Retail Valuation Group



                       
                    1995 ANNUAL BUDGET FOR BROOKDALE CENTER




                                   ADDENDA


                                           
                        OPERATING EXPENSE BUDGET

                           TENANT SALES REPORT

                      PRO-JECT LEASE ABSTRACT REPORT

                    PRO-JECT PROJECT ASSUMPTIONS REPORT

                      PRO-JECT TENANT REGISTER REPORT

                     PRO-JECT LEASE EXPIRATION REPORT

                          EMDS FULL DATA REPORT

                   CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD INVESTOR SURVEY

                        APPRAISERS' QUALIFICATIONS

                             PARTIAL CLIENT LIST




                   CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD APPRAISAL SERVICES
                NATIONAL INVESTOR SURVEY - FALL/WINTER 1994

                Listed by subcategory (detail in original Summary Report)

                           OFFICES--URBAN, CLASS A
                              OFFICES-SUBURBAN
                                 INDUSTRIAL
                       RETAIL CENTERS OTHER THAN MALLS
                              REGIONAL MALLS
                                APARTMENTS
                                 LODGING




                 QUALIFICATIONS OF RICHARD W. LATELLA


  
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS

Member, American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers 
  (MAI Designation #8346)

New York State Certified General Real Estate Appraiser #46000003892

Pennsylvania State Certified General Real Estate Appraiser #GA-001053-R
State of Maryland Certified General Real Estate Appraiser #01462

New Jersey Real Estate Salesperson (License #NS-130101-A)

Certified Tax Assessor - State of New Jersey

Affiliate Member - International Council of Shopping Centers, ICSC

REAL ESTATE EXPERIENCE

Senior Director, National Retail Valuation Services, Cushman & Wakefield
Appraisal Division.  Cushman & Wakefield is a national full service real estate
organization and a Rockefeller Group Company.  While Mr. Latella's experience
has been in appraising a full array of property types, his principal focus is
in the appraisal and counseling for major retail properties and specialty
centers on a national basis.  As Senior Director of Cushman & Wakefield's
Retail Group his responsibilities include the coordination of the firm's
national group of appraisers who specialize in the appraisal of regional malls,
department stores and other major retail property types.  He has personally
appraised and consulted on in excess of 150 regional malls and specialty retail
properties across the country.

Senior Appraiser, Valuation Counselors, Princeton, New Jersey, specializing in
the appraisal of commercial and industrial real estate, condemnation analyses
and feasibility studies for both corporate and institutional clients from July
1980 to April 1983.

Supervisor, State of New Jersey, Division of Taxation, Local Property and
Public Utility Branch in Trenton, New Jersey, assisting and advising local
municipal and property tax assessors throughout the state from June 1977 to
July 1980.

Associate, Warren W. Orpen & Associates, Trenton, New Jersey, assisting in the
preparation of appraisals of residential property and condemnation analyses
from July 1975 to April 1977.

FORMAL EDUCATION

Trenton State College, Trenton, New Jersey
  Bachelor of Science, Business Administration - 1977

American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, Chicago, Illinois
  Basic Appraisal Principles, Methods and Techniques - 1980
  Capitalization Theory and Techniques Part I - 1981
  Capitalization Theory and Techniques Part III - 1981
  Case Studies in Real Estate Valuation - 1982
  Valuation Analysis and Report Writing - 1982
  Investment Analysis - 1983
  Capitalization Theory and Techniques Part II - 1986
  Standards of Professional Practice - 1987

State of New Jersey, Rutgers University
  Appraisal Principles - 1979
  Property Tax Administration - 1979


                        QUALIFICATIONS OF JAY F. BOOTH


  
GENERAL EXPERIENCE

        Jay F. Booth joined Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. New York Appraisal
        Services in August 1993.  As an associate appraiser, Mr. Booth is
        currently working with Cushman & Wakefield's National Retail Valuation
        Services Group.  Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. is a national full service
        real estate organization.

        Mr. Booth previously worked for two years at Appraisal Group, Inc. in
        Portland, Oregon where he was an associate appraiser.  He assisted in
        the valuation of numerous properties, including office buildings,
        apartments, industrials, retail centers, vacant land and special
        purpose properties.


ACADEMIC EDUCATION

Master of Science in Real Estate (MSRE) --	New York University (Candidate)
Major: Real Estate Valuation & Analysis		New York, New York

Bachelor of Science (BS) --                             Willamette University
(1991) Majors: Business-Economics, Art                  Salem, Oregon
				
Study Overseas (Fall 1988) --             
                                       Xiamen University, Xiamen,

                                        C hina; Kookmin University,     
                                        University, Seoul,
                                                South Korea; Tokyo

                                                International, Tokyo,

                                                Japan


APPRAISAL EDUCATION
 
SPP	Standards of Professional Practice, Parts A & B	Appraisal Institute	1992
1BB	Capitalization Theory & Techniques, Part B	Appraisal Institute	1992
1BA	Capitalization Theory & Techniques, Part A	Appraisal Institute	1992
1A1     Real Estate Appraisal Principles                Appraisal Institute
1991    901 Engineering Plan Development & Application Intl.,
        Right of Way      1991


PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION

Candidate MAI, Appraisal Institute No. M930181

Appraiser Assistant, State of New York No. 48000024088		





                           PARTIAL CLIENT LIST



                        THE APPRAISAL DIVISION

                            NEW YORK REGION

                                CUSHMAN &
                                WAKEFIELD


	PROFESSIONALS ARE JUDGED BY THE CLIENTS THEY SERVE


The APPRAISAL DIVISION enjoys a long record of service in a confidential
capacity to nationally prominent individuals and corporate clients, investors,
and government agencies.  We have also served many of the nations largest law
firms.  Following is a partial list of clients served by members of the
APPRAISAL DIVISION - NEW YORK REGION.

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Aldrich, Eastman & Waltch, Inc.
Allegheny-Ludlam Industries
AMB Institutional Realty Advisors
America First Company
American Bakeries Company
American Brands, Inc.
American District Telegraph Company
American Express
American Home Products Corporation
American Savings Bank
Apple Bank
Archdiocese of New York
Associated Transport
AT&T
Avatar Holdings Inc.
Avon Products, Inc.

Bachner, Tally, Polevoy, Misher & Brinberg
Baer, Marks, & Upham
Balcor Inc.
BancAmerica
Banca Commerciale Italiana
Banco de Brasil, N.A.
Banco Santander Puerto Rico
Banque Paribas
Baker & Mackenzie
Bank of America
Bank of Baltimore
Bank of China
Bank of Montreal
Bank of New York
Bank of Nova Scotia
Bank of Tokyo Trust Company
Bank Leumi Le-Israel
Bankers Life and Casualty Company
Bankers Trust Company
Barclays Bank International, Ltd.
Baruch College
Battery Park City Authority
Battle, Fowler, Esqs.
Bear Stearns
Berkshire
Betawest Properties
Bethlehem Steel Corporation
Bloomingdale Properties
Borden, Inc.
Bowery Savings Bank
Bowest Corporation
Brandt Organization
Brooklyn Hospital
Burke and Burke, Esqs.
Burmah-Castrol

Cadillac Fairview
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
Caisse National DeCredit
Campeau Corporation
Campustar
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
Canyon Ranch
Capital Bank
Capital Cities-ABC, Inc.
Care Incorporated
Carter, Ledyard & Milburn
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
Chemical Bank Corporation
Chrysler Corporation
C. Itoh & Company
Citibank, NA
Citicorp Real Estate
City University of New York
Clayton, Williams & Sherwood
Coca Cola, Inc.
Cohen Brothers
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences
Columbia University
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Consolidated Asset Recovery Company
Continental Realty Credit, Inc.
Copley Real Estate Advisors
Corning Glass Works
Coudert Brothers
Covenant House
Cozen and O'Connor
Credit Agricole
Credit Lyonnais
Credit Suisse
Crivello Properties
CrossLand Savings Bank

Dai-Ichi Kangyo Bank
Dai-Ichi Sempei Life Insurance
Daily News, Inc.
Daiwa Securities
Dart Group Corporation
David Beardon & Company
Davidoff & Malito, Esqs
Dean Witter Realty
DeMatteis Organization
Den Norske Bank
Deutsche Bank
DiLorenzo Organization
Dime Savings Bank
Dodge Trucks, Inc.
Dollar/Dry Dock Savings Bank
Donovan, Leisure, Newton & Irvine
Dreyer & Traub
Dun and Bradstreet, Inc.

Eastdil Realty Advisors
East New York Savings Bank
East River Savings Bank
East Rutherford Industrial Park
Eastman Kodak Company
Eaton Corporation
Eichner Properties, Inc.
Ellenburg Capital Corporation
Emigrant Savings Bank
Empire Mutual Insurance Company
Equitable Life Assurance Society of America
Equitable Real Estate

Famolare, Inc.
Farwest Savings & Loan Association
Federal Asset Disposition Authority
Federal Deposit Insurance Company
Federal Express Corporation
Federated Department Stores, Inc.
Feldman Organization
Findlandia Center
First Boston
First Chicago
First National Bank of Chicago
First New York Bank for Business
First Tier Bank
First Winthrop
Fisher Brothers
Fleet/Norstar Savings Bank
Flying J, Inc.
Foley and Lardner, Esqs.
Ford Bacon and Davis, Inc.
Ford Foundation
Ford Motor Company
Forest City Enterprises
Forum Group, Inc.
Franchise Finance Corporation of America
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
Friendly's Ice Cream Corporation

Fruehauf Trailer Corporation
Fuji Bank
Fulbright & Jaworski

G.E. Capital Corporation
General Electric Credit Corporation
General Motors Corporation
Gerald D. Hines Organization
Gibson Dunn and Crutcher
Gilman Paper
Gladstone Equities
Glimcher Company
Glynwed, Ltd.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Greater New York Savings Bank
Greycoat Real Estate Corp.
Greyhound Lines Inc.
Grid Properties
GTE Realty
Gulf Oil
<PAGE>
HDC
HRO International
Hammerson Properties
Hartz Mountain Industries
Hawaiian Trust Company, Ltd.
Hertz Corporation
Home Federal
Home Savings of America
HongKong & Shanghai Banking Corporation
Horn & Hardart
Huntington National Bank
Hypo Bank

IDC Corporation
Ideal Corporation
ING Corporation
International Business Machines Corporation
International Business Machines Pension Fund
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation
Investors Diversified Services, Inc.
Iona College
Irish Intercontinental Bank
Irish Life Assurance
Israel Taub


J & W Seligman & Company, Inc.
JMB Realty
J. B. Brown and Sons
J. C. Penney Company, Inc.
J. P. Morgan
Jamaica Hospital
James Wolfenson & Company
Jerome Greene, Esq.
Jewish Board of Family & Children's Services
Jones Lang Wootton

K-Mart Corporation
Kelly, Drye and Warren, Esqs.
Kennedy Associates
Kerr-McGee Corporation
Kidder Peabody Realty Corp.
Knickerbocker Realty
Koeppel & Koeppel
Krupp Realty
Kutak, Rock and Campbell, Esqs.

Ladenburg, Thalman & Co.
Lans, Feinberg and Cohen, Esqs.
Lands Division, Department of Justice
Lazard Realty
LeBoeuf,
Lefrak Organization
Lehman Brothers
Lennar Partners
Lepercq Capital Corporation
Lincoln Savings Bank
Lion Advisors
Lomas & Nettleton Investors
London & Leeds
Long Term Credit Bank of Japan, Ltd.
Lutheran Church of America
Lynton, PLC


Macluan Capital Corporation
Macy's
MacAndrews and Forbes
Mahony Troast Construction Company
Manhattan Capital Partners
Manhattan College
Manhattan Life Insurance
Manhattan Real Estate Company
Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company
Marine Midland Bank
Mason Tenders
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
May Centers, Inc.
Mayer, Brown, Platt
McDonald's Corporation
McGinn, Smith and Company
McGrath Services Corporation
MCI Telecommunications
Mellon Bank
Mendik Company
Mercedes-Benz of North America
Meridian Bank
Meritor Savings Bank
Merrill Lynch Hubbard
Merchants Bank
Metropolis Group
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
Metropolitan Petroleum Corporation
Meyers Brothers Parking System Inc.
Michigan National Corp.
Milbank, Tweed
Miller, Montgomery, Sogi and Brady, Esqs.
Mitsui Fudosan - New York Inc.
Mitsui Leasing, USA
Mitsubishi Bank
Mitsubishi Trust & Banking Corporation
Mobil Oil Corporation
Moody's Investors Service
Morgan Guaranty
Morgan Hotel Group
Morse Shoe, Inc.
Moses & Singer
Mudge Rose Guthrie Alexander & Ferdon, Esqs.
Mutual Benefit Life
Mutual Insurance Company of New York

National Can Company
National CSS
National Westminster Bank, Ltd.
Nelson Freightways
Nestle's Inc.
New York Bus Company
New York City Division of Real Property
New York City Economic Development Corporation
New York City Housing Development Authority
New York City School Construction Authority
New York Life Insurance Company
New York State Common Fund
New York State Employee Retirement System
New York State Parks Department
New York State Urban Development Corporation
New York Telephone Company
New York Urban Servicing Company
New York Waterfront
Niagara Asset Corporation
Norcross, Inc.
North Carolina Department of Insurance
NYNEX Properties Company

Olympia and York, Inc.
Orient Overseas Associates
Orix USA Corporation
Otis Elevator Company
Owens-Illinois Corporation

PaineWebber, Inc.
Pan American World Airways, Inc.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind
Park Tower Associates
Parke-Davis and Company
Paul Weiss Rifkind, Esqs.
Penn Central Corporation
Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company
Pennsylvania Retirement Fund
Penthouse International
Pepsi-Cola Company
Peter Sharp & Company
Petro Stopping Center
Pfizer International, Inc.
Philip Morris Companies, Inc.
Philips International
Phoenix Home Life
Pittston Company
Polyclinic Medical School and Hospital
Port Authority of New York and New Jersey
Procida Organization
Proskauer Rose Goetz and Mandelsohn, Esqs.
Provident Bank
Prudential Securities
Pyramid Company

Rabobank Nederland
Ratner Group
RCA Corporation
Real Estate Recovery
Realty Income Corporation
Republic Venezuela Comptrollers Office
Revlon, Inc.
Rice University
Richard Ellis
Richards & O'Neil
Ritz Towers Hotel Corporation
River Bank America
Robert Bosch Corporation
Rockefeller Center, Inc.
Roman Catholic Diocese of Brooklyn
Roosevelt Hospital
Rosenman & Colin
RREEF 
Rudin Management Co., Inc.

Saint Vincent's Medical Center of New York
Salomon Brothers Inc.
Salvation Army
Sanwa Bank
SaraKreek USA
Saxon Paper Corporation
Schroder Real Estate Associates
Schulman Realty Group
Schulte, Roth & Zabel
BDO Seidman
Seaman Furniture Company, Inc.
Security Pacific Bank
Semperit of America
Sentinel Realty Advisors
Service America Corp.
Shea & Gould, Esqs.
Shearman and Sterling, Esqs.
Shearson Lehman American Express
Shidler Group
Sidley & Austin
Silver Screen Management, Inc.
Silverstein Properties, Inc.
Simpson, Thacher and Bartlett, Esqs.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
Smith Barney
Smith Corona Corporation
Sol Goldman
Solomon Equities 
Sonnenblick-Goldman
Southtrust Bank of Alabama
Spitzer & Feldman, PC
Stahl Real Estate 
Standard & Poors
State Teachers Retirement System of New York
State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio
Stauffer Chemical Corporation
Stephens College
Sterling Drug, Inc.
Stroheim and Roman, Inc.
Stroock and Stroock and Lavan, Esqs.
Sullivan and Cromwell, Esqs.
Sumitomo Life Realty
Sumitomo Mutual Life Insurance Company
Sumitomo Trust Bank
Sun Oil Company
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
Swiss Bank Corporation

Tenzer Greenblat, Esqs.
Textron Financial
The Shopco Group
Tobishima Associates
Tokyo Trust & Banking Corporation
Transworld Equities
Travelers Realty, Inc.
Triangle Industries
TriNet Corporation
<PAGE>
UBS Securities Inc.
UMB Bank & Trust Company
Union Bank of Switzerland
Union Carbide Corporation
Union Chelsea National Bank
United Bank of Kuwait
United Fire Fighters of New York
United Parcel Service
United Refrigerated
United States District Court, Southern District of New York
United States Life Insurance
United States Postal Service
United States Trust Company
Upward Fund, Inc.
US Cable Corp.

Vanity Fair Corporation
Verex Assurance, Inc.
Victor Palmieri and Company, Inc.
Village Bank
Vornado Realty Trust


W.P. Carey & Company, Inc.
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, Esqs.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges
Weiss, Peck & Greer
Wells Fargo & Co.
Westpac Banking Corporation
Western Electric Company
Western Union International
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
White & Case
Wilkie Farr and Gallagher, Esqs.
William Kaufman Organization
Windels, Marx, Davies & Ives
Winthrop Simston Putnam & Roberts
Wurlitzer Company

Yarmouth Group

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>  5
       
<S>                                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                           12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                       DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                            DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                  6,693,502
<SECURITIES>                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                           367,556
<ALLOWANCES>                            (95,229)
<INVENTORY>                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                        0
<PP&E>                                  35,072,000
<DEPRECIATION>                          0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                          42,302,110
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                   0
<BONDS>                                 33,652,305
<COMMON>                                0
                   0
                             0
<OTHER-SE>                              6,722,787
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>            42,302,110
<SALES>                                 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                        12,694,818
<CGS>                                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                           6,416,550
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        3,241,636
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        9,068,553
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                      6,145,897
<INCOME-PRETAX>                         0
<INCOME-TAX>                            0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                     0
<DISCONTINUED>                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                            (7,567,268)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                           (.79)
<EPS-DILUTED>                           0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission